Organic electroluminescent elements and electronic devices

Abstract

An organic EL element includes a first emitting layer and a second emitting layer, the first emitting layer including a first host material, the second emitting layer including a second host material, the first host material and the second host material being different from each other, the first emitting layer including at least a compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, the second emitting layer including at least a compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, the compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first emitting layer and the compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second emitting layer being the same as or different from each other, and the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship T1(H1)>T1(H2)...(Formula 1).

Description

Technical Field

[0001] The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent element and an electronic device. Background Art

[0002] Organic electroluminescent devices (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "organic EL devices") are used in full-color displays in mobile phones, televisions, and other applications. When voltage is applied to an organic EL device, holes are injected from the anode into the light-emitting layer, and electrons are injected from the cathode into the light-emitting layer. The injected holes and electrons then recombine in the light-emitting layer to form excitons. Due to the statistical laws of electron spin, singlet excitons are generated at a rate of 25% and triplet excitons at a rate of 75%.

[0003] To improve the performance of organic EL devices, various studies have been conducted on compounds used in organic EL devices, for example, in Patent Documents 1 to 4 and 6. Furthermore, Patent Document 5 describes the phenomenon of generating singlet excitons by the collisional fusion of two triplet excitons (hereinafter sometimes referred to as triplet-triplet fusion (TTF) phenomenon) to improve the performance of organic EL devices.

[0004] Examples of the performance of an organic EL element include luminance, emission wavelength, chromaticity, luminous efficiency, driving voltage, and lifespan.

[0005] Prior art literature

[0006] Patent Literature

[0007] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-157552

[0008] Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-016478

[0009] Patent Document 3: International Publication No. 2007 / 138906

[0010] Patent Document 4: U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2019 / 280209

[0011] Patent Document 5: International Publication No. 2010 / 134350

[0012] Patent Document 6: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-294261 Summary of the Invention

[0013] Problems to be solved by the invention

[0014] One object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent element with improved performance. Another object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent element with improved luminous efficiency, and an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element.

[0015] Means used to solve problems

[0016] According to one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided an organic electroluminescent element, comprising a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer.

[0017] The first light-emitting layer comprises a first host material.

[0018] The second light-emitting layer comprises a second host material.

[0019] The first host material and the second host material are different from each other,

[0020] The first light-emitting layer contains at least a compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

[0021] The second light-emitting layer contains at least a compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

[0022] The compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first emitting layer and the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second emitting layer are the same as or different from each other,

[0023] The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship represented by the following equation (Equation 1).

[0024] T1(H1)>T1(H2)...(Formula 1)

[0025] According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of the present invention.

[0026] According to one embodiment of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent element with improved performance can be provided. Furthermore, according to one embodiment of the present invention, an organic electroluminescent element with improved luminous efficiency can be provided. Furthermore, according to one embodiment of the present invention, an electronic device equipped with the organic electroluminescent element can be provided. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

[0027] Figure 1 This is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of an example of an organic electroluminescent element according to one embodiment of the present invention. DETAILED DESCRIPTION

[0028] [definition]

[0029] In this specification, the hydrogen atom is meant to include isotopes having different numbers of neutrons, namely, protium, deuterium, and tritium.

[0030] In this specification, in chemical structural formulas, any bondable position not explicitly indicating a symbol such as "R" or "D" representing a deuterium atom is assumed to be bonded with a hydrogen atom, ie, a protium atom, a deuterium atom, or a tritium atom.

[0031] In this specification, the ring carbon number refers to the number of carbon atoms among the atoms constituting the ring itself of a compound (such as a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged ring compound, a carbocyclic compound and a heterocyclic compound) in which atoms are cyclically bonded. When the ring is substituted with a substituent, the carbon contained in the substituent is not included in the ring carbon number. The "ring carbon number" recorded below is set in the same manner as long as it is not otherwise stated. For example, the ring carbon number of a benzene ring is 6, the ring carbon number of a naphthalene ring is 10, the ring carbon number of a pyridine ring is 5, and the ring carbon number of a furan ring is 4. In addition, for example, the ring carbon number of 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl is 13, and the ring carbon number of 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl is 25.

[0032] Furthermore, when a benzene ring is substituted with, for example, an alkyl group, the carbon number of the alkyl group is not included in the ring carbon number of the benzene ring. Therefore, the ring carbon number of a benzene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 6. Furthermore, when a naphthalene ring is substituted with, for example, an alkyl group, the carbon number of the alkyl group is not included in the ring carbon number of the naphthalene ring. Therefore, the ring carbon number of a naphthalene ring substituted with an alkyl group is 10.

[0033] In this specification, the number of ring atoms refers to the number of atoms constituting the ring itself of a compound (such as a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged ring compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound) in which atoms are bonded in a ring shape (such as a monocyclic ring, a condensed ring, and an aggregated ring). Atoms that do not constitute a ring (such as a hydrogen atom that terminates the bond of the atoms constituting the ring) and atoms contained in a substituent when the ring is substituted by a substituent are not included in the number of ring atoms. The "number of ring atoms" recorded below is set in the same manner as long as it is not otherwise stated. For example, the number of ring atoms of a pyridine ring is 6, the number of ring atoms of a quinazoline ring is 10, and the number of ring atoms of a furan ring is 5. For example, the number of hydrogen atoms bonded to a pyridine ring or the number of atoms constituting a substituent are not included in the number of pyridine ring atoms. Therefore, the number of ring atoms of a pyridine ring bonded with a hydrogen atom or a substituent is 6. For example, hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms of the quinazoline ring or atoms constituting substituents are not included in the number of ring atoms of the quinazoline ring. Therefore, the number of ring atoms of the quinazoline ring to which hydrogen atoms or substituents are bonded is 10.

[0034] In this specification, "carbon number XX to YY" in the expression "a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having XX to YY carbon atoms" refers to the carbon number of the ZZ group when it is unsubstituted and does not include the carbon number of the substituent when it is substituted. Here, "YY" is greater than "XX," "XX" is an integer greater than 1, and "YY" is an integer greater than 2.

[0035] In this specification, "atomic number XX to YY" in the expression "a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having an atomic number of XX to YY" indicates the atomic number of the ZZ group when it is unsubstituted and does not include the atomic number of the substituent when it is substituted. Here, "YY" is greater than "XX," "XX" is an integer greater than 1, and "YY" is an integer greater than 2.

[0036] In this specification, an unsubstituted ZZ group means a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" is an "unsubstituted ZZ group", and a substituted ZZ group means a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" is a "substituted ZZ group".

[0037] In this specification, "unsubstituted" in the context of a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that the hydrogen atom in the ZZ group is not replaced by a substituent. The hydrogen atom in the "unsubstituted ZZ group" is a protium atom, a deuterium atom, or a tritium atom.

[0038] In this specification, "substituted" in the context of a "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the ZZ group are replaced with a substituent. Similarly, "substituted" in the context of a "BB group substituted with an AA group" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the BB group are replaced with an AA group.

[0039] "Substituents described in this specification"

[0040] The substituents described in this specification are described below.

[0041] The number of ring carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted aryl group" described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0042] The number of ring atoms in the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0043] The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkyl group" described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0044] The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkenyl group" described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0045] The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkynyl group" described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0046] The number of ring carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in the present specification is 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 20, and more preferably 3 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0047] The number of ring carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted arylene group" described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0048] The number of ring atoms in the "unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0049] The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkylene group" described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0050] "Substituted or unsubstituted aryl"

[0051] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in this specification (Specific Example Group G1) include the following unsubstituted aryl groups (Specific Example Group G1A) and substituted aryl groups (Specific Example Group G1B). (Herein, an unsubstituted aryl group refers to a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" is an "unsubstituted aryl group," and a substituted aryl group refers to a case where a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" is a "substituted aryl group.") In this specification, when simply referring to an "aryl group," both "unsubstituted aryl groups" and "substituted aryl groups" are included.

[0052] A "substituted aryl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted aryl group" are replaced by a substituent. Examples of "substituted aryl groups" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted aryl group" are replaced by a substituent, as described in the following specific example group G1A, and examples of substituted aryl groups described in the following specific example group G1B. It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted aryl groups" and "substituted aryl groups" listed here are merely examples, and the "substituted aryl groups" described in this specification also include groups in which a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of an aryl group in the "substituted aryl groups" in the following specific example group G1B is further replaced by a substituent, and groups in which a hydrogen atom of a substituent in a "substituted aryl group" in the following specific example group G1B is further replaced by a substituent.

[0053] Unsubstituted aryl (Specific example group G1A):

[0054] Phenyl,

[0055] p-Biphenyl,

[0056] m-Biphenyl,

[0057] o-biphenyl,

[0058] 4-terphenyl-4-yl,

[0059] 4-terphenyl-3-yl,

[0060] 4-terphenyl-2-yl,

[0061] m-terphenyl-4-yl,

[0062] m-terphenyl-3-yl,

[0063] m-terphenyl-2-yl,

[0064] o-terphenyl-4-yl,

[0065] o-terphenyl-3-yl,

[0066] o-terphenyl-2-yl,

[0067] 1-naphthyl,

[0068] 2-naphthyl,

[0069] Anthracene,

[0070] Benzanthryl,

[0071] Fiki,

[0072] Triphenylene,

[0073] Phenalene,

[0074] Pyrene

[0075] base,

[0076] Benzo base,

[0077] triphenylene,

[0078] Benzotriphenylene,

[0079] tetraphenyl,

[0080] Pentaphenyl,

[0081] Fluorenyl,

[0082] 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl,

[0083] Benzofluorenyl,

[0084] Dibenzofluorenyl,

[0085] Fluoranthene base,

[0086] Benzofluoranthene,

[0087] Perylene, and

[0088] A monovalent aromatic group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring structure represented by the following general formulae (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15).

[0089]

Chemical Formula 1

[0090]

[0091]

Chemical Formula 2

[0092]

[0093] Substituted aryl (Specific example group G1B):

[0094] o-Tolyl,

[0095] m-Tolyl,

[0096] p-Tolyl,

[0097] p-Xylyl,

[0098] m-xylyl,

[0099] o-xylyl,

[0100] p-Isopropylphenyl,

[0101] m-isopropylphenyl,

[0102] o-isopropylphenyl,

[0103] tert-Butylphenyl,

[0104] m-tert-butylphenyl,

[0105] o-tert-butylphenyl,

[0106] 3,4,5-trimethylphenyl,

[0107] 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl,

[0108] 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl,

[0109] 9,9-bis(4-methylphenyl)fluorenyl,

[0110] 9,9-bis(4-isopropylphenyl)fluorenyl,

[0111] 9,9-bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)fluorenyl,

[0112] Cyanophenyl,

[0113] triphenylsilylphenyl,

[0114] trimethylsilylphenyl,

[0115] Phenyl naphthyl,

[0116] naphthylphenyl, and

[0117] A group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent group derived from the ring structure represented by the above-mentioned general formulae (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15) are replaced with a substituent.

[0118] "Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group"

[0119] The term "heterocyclic group" as used herein refers to a cyclic group containing at least one heteroatom among the ring atoms. Specific examples of heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, silicon, phosphorus, and boron atoms.

[0120] The "heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is a monocyclic group or a condensed ring group.

[0121] The "heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is an aromatic heterocyclic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.

[0122] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in this specification (Specific Example Group G2) include the following unsubstituted heterocyclic groups (Specific Example Group G2A) and substituted heterocyclic groups (Specific Example Group G2B). (Herein, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group refers to a case where the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" is an "unsubstituted heterocyclic group," and a substituted heterocyclic group refers to a case where the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" is a "substituted heterocyclic group.") In this specification, the term "heterocyclic group" alone includes both "unsubstituted heterocyclic groups" and "substituted heterocyclic groups."

[0123] A "substituted heterocyclic group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of the "substituted heterocyclic group" include groups in which hydrogen atoms of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" of the following specific example group G2A are replaced, and examples of substituted heterocyclic groups of the following specific example group G2B are mentioned. It should be noted that the examples of the "unsubstituted heterocyclic group" and the examples of the "substituted heterocyclic group" listed here are merely examples, and the "substituted heterocyclic group" described in this specification also includes groups in which hydrogen atoms bonded to ring atoms of the heterocyclic group itself in the "substituted heterocyclic group" of the specific example group G2B are further replaced by substituents, and groups in which hydrogen atoms of substituents in the "substituted heterocyclic group" of the specific example group G2B are further replaced by substituents.

[0124] Specific example group G2A includes, for example, the following unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2A1), unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2A2), unsubstituted heterocyclic groups containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2A3), and monovalent heterocyclic groups derived by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure represented by the following general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (specific example group G2A4).

[0125] Specific example group G2B includes, for example, the following heterocyclic groups containing a substituted nitrogen atom (specific example group G2B1), the following heterocyclic groups containing a substituted oxygen atom (specific example group G2B2), the following heterocyclic groups containing a substituted sulfur atom (specific example group G2B3), and the following groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group derived from a ring structure represented by the general formula (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) are replaced with a substituent (specific example group G2B4).

[0126] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (Specific example group G2A1):

[0127] Pyrrolyl,

[0128] Imidazole,

[0129] Pyrazolyl,

[0130] triazole,

[0131] Tetrazolyl,

[0132] Oxazolyl,

[0133] Isoxazolyl,

[0134] Oxadiazolyl,

[0135] Thiazolyl,

[0136] Isothiazolyl,

[0137] Thiadiazole,

[0138] Pyridyl,

[0139] Pyridazinyl,

[0140] Pyrimidine group,

[0141] Pyrazinyl,

[0142] Triazine group,

[0143] Indolyl,

[0144] Isoindolyl,

[0145] Indolizinyl,

[0146] Quinolizinyl,

[0147] Quinolinyl,

[0148] Isoquinolinyl,

[0149] Cinnoline,

[0150] Phthalocyanine,

[0151] Quinazoline,

[0152] Quinoxaline,

[0153] Benzimidazole,

[0154] Indazolyl,

[0155] Phenanthroline,

[0156] Phenanthridinyl,

[0157] Acridinyl,

[0158] Phenazine,

[0159] Carbazolyl,

[0160] Benzylcarbazolyl,

[0161] Morpholinyl,

[0162] Phenoxazine,

[0163] Phenothiazine,

[0164] azacarbazolyl and diazacarbazolyl.

[0165] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2A2):

[0166] furanyl,

[0167] Oxazolyl,

[0168] Isoxazolyl,

[0169] Oxadiazolyl,

[0170] Xanthoxylum,

[0171] Benzofuranyl,

[0172] Isobenzofuranyl,

[0173] dibenzofuranyl,

[0174] naphthobenzofuranyl,

[0175] Benzoxazolyl,

[0176] Benzisoxazolyl,

[0177] Phenoxazine,

[0178] Morpholinyl,

[0179] dinaphthofuranyl,

[0180] Azadibenzofuranyl,

[0181] Diazadibenzofuranyl,

[0182] Azanaphthobenzofuranyl and

[0183] naphthyridinylbenzofuranyl.

[0184] Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom (Specific example group G2A3):

[0185] Thiphenyl,

[0186] Thiazolyl,

[0187] Isothiazolyl,

[0188] Thiadiazole,

[0189] benzothienyl,

[0190] Isobenzothienyl,

[0191] dibenzothienyl,

[0192] naphthobenzothienyl,

[0193] Benzothiazolyl,

[0194] Benzisothiazolyl,

[0195] Phenothiazine,

[0196] dinaphthothienyl,

[0197] azadibenzothienyl,

[0198] diazadibenzothienyl,

[0199] azanaphthobenzothienyl and

[0200] diazanaphthobenzothienyl.

[0201] A monovalent heterocyclic group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure represented by the following general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (Specific Example Group G2A4):

[0202]

Chemical Formula 3

[0203]

[0204]

Chemical Formula 4

[0205]

[0206] In the above general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), X A and Y A Each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or CH2. A and Y A At least one of them is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NH.

[0207] In the above general formulas (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), X A and Y A When at least any one of is NH or CH2, the monovalent heterocyclic group derived from the ring structure represented by the above general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) includes a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from these NH or CH2.

[0208] Substituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2B1):

[0209] (9-phenyl)carbazolyl,

[0210] (9-biphenyl)carbazolyl,

[0211] (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl,

[0212] (9-naphthyl)carbazolyl,

[0213] Diphenylcarbazol-9-yl,

[0214] phenylcarbazol-9-yl,

[0215] Methylbenzimidazole,

[0216] Ethylbenzimidazolyl,

[0217] Phenyltriazine,

[0218] Biphenyl triazine group,

[0219] Diphenyltriazine,

[0220] phenylquinazolinyl and biphenylquinazolinyl.

[0221] Substituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom (specific example group G2B2):

[0222] Phenyldibenzofuranyl,

[0223] Methyldibenzofuranyl,

[0224] tert-Butyldibenzofuranyl and

[0225] The monovalent residue of spiro[9H-xanthene-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

[0226] Substituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom (specific example group G2B3):

[0227] Phenyldibenzothiophene,

[0228] Methyldibenzothiophene,

[0229] tert-Butyldibenzothienyl and

[0230] The monovalent residue of spiro[9H-thioxanthen-9,9'-[9H]fluorene].

[0231] Groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a monovalent heterocyclic group derived from the ring structure represented by the above-mentioned general formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) are replaced with substituents (Specific Example Group G2B4):

[0232] The above-mentioned “one or more hydrogen atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group” means one or more hydrogen atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atoms bonded to ring-constituting carbon atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group, hydrogen atoms bonded to nitrogen atoms when at least one of XA and YA is NH, and hydrogen atoms of a methylene group when one of XA and YA is CH2.

[0233] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl"

[0234] Specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups" described in this specification (Specific Example Group G3) include the following unsubstituted alkyl groups (Specific Example Group G3A) and substituted alkyl groups (Specific Example Group G3B). (Herein, unsubstituted alkyl groups refer to "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups" being "unsubstituted alkyl groups," and substituted alkyl groups refer to "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups" being "substituted alkyl groups.") Hereinafter, when simply referring to "alkyl groups," both "unsubstituted alkyl groups" and "substituted alkyl groups" are included.

[0235] "Substituted alkyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted alkyl" include the following "unsubstituted alkyl" (specific example group G3A) in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent, and examples of substituted alkyl (specific example group G3B). In this specification, the alkyl group in "unsubstituted alkyl" refers to a chain alkyl group. Therefore, "unsubstituted alkyl" includes "unsubstituted alkyl" as a straight chain and "unsubstituted alkyl" as a branched chain. It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted alkyl" and "substituted alkyl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted alkyl" recorded in this specification also includes a group in which the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group itself in the "substituted alkyl" of the specific example group G3B is further replaced by a substituent, and a group in which the hydrogen atom of the substituent in the "substituted alkyl" of the specific example group G3B is further replaced by a substituent.

[0236] Unsubstituted alkyl (Specific example group G3A):

[0237] methyl,

[0238] Ethyl,

[0239] n-propyl,

[0240] Isopropyl,

[0241] n-Butyl,

[0242] Isobutyl,

[0243] sec-butyl and tert-butyl.

[0244] Substituted alkyl (Specific example group G3B):

[0245] Heptafluoropropyl (including isomers),

[0246] Pentafluoroethyl,

[0247] 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl and

[0248] trifluoromethyl.

[0249] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl"

[0250] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group" described in this specification (Specific Example Group G4) include the following unsubstituted alkenyl groups (Specific Example Group G4A) and substituted alkenyl groups (Specific Example Group G4B). (Herein, the term "unsubstituted alkenyl group" refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkenyl group," and the term "substituted alkenyl group" refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group" is a "substituted alkenyl group.") In this specification, the term "alkenyl group" alone includes both "unsubstituted alkenyl groups" and "substituted alkenyl groups."

[0251] "Substituted alkenyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkenyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted alkenyl" include the following "unsubstituted alkenyl" (specific example group G4A) groups with substituents and examples of substituted alkenyl (specific example group G4B). It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted alkenyl" and "substituted alkenyl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted alkenyl" recorded in this specification also includes groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the alkenyl itself in the "substituted alkenyl" of the specific example group G4B are further replaced by a substituent and groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the substituent in the "substituted alkenyl" of the specific example group G4B are further replaced by a substituent.

[0252] Unsubstituted alkenyl (Specific example Group G4A):

[0253] Vinyl,

[0254] Allyl,

[0255] 1-butenyl,

[0256] 2-Butenyl and

[0257] 3-Butenyl.

[0258] Substituted alkenyl (Specific example group G4B):

[0259] 1,3-butadienyl,

[0260] 1-Methylvinyl,

[0261] 1-methylallyl,

[0262] 1,1-dimethylallyl,

[0263] 2-methylallyl and

[0264] 1,2-dimethylallyl.

[0265] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl"

[0266] Specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl groups" described in this specification (Specific Example Group G5) include the following unsubstituted alkynyl groups (Specific Example Group G5A). (Herein, unsubstituted alkynyl groups refer to cases where "substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl groups" are "unsubstituted alkynyl groups.") When simply referring to "alkynyl groups" below, both "unsubstituted alkynyl groups" and "substituted alkynyl groups" are included.

[0267] A "substituted alkynyl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted alkynyl group" are replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted alkynyl groups" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the following "unsubstituted alkynyl groups" (Specific Example Group G5A) are replaced with a substituent.

[0268] Unsubstituted alkynyl (Specific example group G5A):

[0269] ethynyl

[0270] "Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl"

[0271] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in this specification (Specific Example Group G6) include the following unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups (Specific Example Group G6A) and substituted cycloalkyl groups (Specific Example Group G6B). (Herein, the unsubstituted cycloalkyl group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" is an "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group", and the substituted cycloalkyl group refers to the case where the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" is a "substituted cycloalkyl group".) In this specification, when simply referring to a "cycloalkyl group", both "unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups" and "substituted cycloalkyl groups" are included.

[0272] "Substituted cycloalkyl" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms in an "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" are replaced by a substituent. Specific examples of "substituted cycloalkyl" include the following "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" (specific example group G6A) in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a substituent, and examples of substituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6B). It should be noted that the examples of "unsubstituted cycloalkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl" listed here are only examples, and the "substituted cycloalkyl" described in this specification also includes the group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atom of the cycloalkyl itself in the "substituted cycloalkyl" of the specific example group G6B are replaced by a substituent, and the group in which the hydrogen atom of the substituent in the "substituted cycloalkyl" of the specific example group G6B is further replaced by a substituent.

[0273] Unsubstituted cycloalkyl (Specific example group G6A):

[0274] Cyclopropyl,

[0275] Cyclobutyl,

[0276] Cyclopentyl,

[0277] Cyclohexyl,

[0278] 1-adamantyl,

[0279] 2-adamantyl,

[0280] 1-Norbornyl and

[0281] 2-Norbornyl.

[0282] Substituted cycloalkyl (specific example group G6B):

[0283] 4-Methylcyclohexyl.

[0284] ·“-Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 )”

[0285] As described in this specification, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) are shown as specific examples (specific example group G7), and include

[0286] -Si(G1)(G1)(G1),

[0287] -Si(G1)(G2)(G2),

[0288] -Si(G1)(G1)(G2),

[0289] -Si(G2)(G2)(G2),

[0290] -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) and

[0291] -Si(G6)(G6)(G6). Here,

[0292] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0293] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0294] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0295] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0296] A plurality of G1s in -Si(G1)(G1)(G1) are the same as or different from each other.

[0297] A plurality of G2s in -Si(G1)(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0298] A plurality of G1s in -Si(G1)(G1)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0299] Multiple G2s in -Si(G2)(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0300] Multiple G3s in -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are the same as or different from each other.

[0301] A plurality of G6's in -Si(G6)(G6)(G6) are the same as or different from each other.

[0302] ·“-O-(R 904 )”

[0303] As described in this specification, -O-(R 904 ) are shown as specific examples (specific example group G8), and include

[0304] -O(G1),

[0305] -O(G2),

[0306] -O(G3) and

[0307] -O(G6).

[0308] Here,

[0309] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0310] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0311] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0312] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0313] ·“-S-(R 905 )”

[0314] As -S-(R 905 ) are shown as specific examples (specific example group G9), and include

[0315] -S(G1),

[0316] -S(G2),

[0317] -S(G3) and

[0318] -S(G6).

[0319] Here,

[0320] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0321] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0322] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0323] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0324] ·“-N(R 906 )(R 907 )”

[0325] As described in this specification, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) are shown as specific examples (specific example group G10), and the following are examples:

[0326] -N(G1)(G1),

[0327] -N(G2)(G2),

[0328] -N(G1)(G2),

[0329] -N(G3)(G3) and

[0330] -N(G6)(G6).

[0331] Here,

[0332] G1 is the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[0333] G2 is the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[0334] G3 is the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3.

[0335] G6 is the "substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G6.

[0336] - A plurality of G1s in N(G1)(G1) are the same as or different from each other.

[0337] - A plurality of G2s in N(G2)(G2) are the same as or different from each other.

[0338] - A plurality of G3's in N(G3)(G3) are the same as or different from each other.

[0339] A plurality of G6's in -N(G6)(G6) are the same as or different from each other.

[0340] "Halogen atoms"

[0341] Specific examples of the "halogen atom" described in this specification (specific example group G11) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

[0342] "Substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl"

[0343] The "substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" described in this specification refers to a group in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the alkyl group in the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" is replaced with a fluorine atom, and also includes a group in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting the alkyl group in the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" are replaced with fluorine atoms (perfluoro group). The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification. The "substituted fluoroalkyl group" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the "fluoroalkyl group" are replaced with a substituent. It should be noted that the "substituted fluoroalkyl group" described in this specification also includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom of the alkyl chain in the "substituted fluoroalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a substituent in the "substituted fluoroalkyl group" are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of the "unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the above-mentioned "alkyl group" (specific example group G3) are replaced with fluorine atoms.

[0344] "Substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl"

[0345] The “substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group” described in this specification refers to a group in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the alkyl group in the “substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group” is replaced with a halogen atom, and also includes a group in which all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting the alkyl group in the “substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group” are replaced with halogen atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the “unsubstituted haloalkyl group” is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification. The “substituted haloalkyl group” refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the “haloalkyl group” are replaced with a substituent. It should be noted that the “substituted haloalkyl group” described in this specification also includes a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom of the alkyl chain in the “substituted haloalkyl group” are further replaced with a substituent, and a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of a substituent in the “substituted haloalkyl group” are further replaced with a substituent. Specific examples of "unsubstituted haloalkyl groups" include groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the above-mentioned "alkyl groups" (specific example group G3) are replaced with halogen atoms. A haloalkyl group is sometimes referred to as a halogenated alkyl group.

[0346] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy"

[0347] A specific example of a "substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group" described in this specification is a group represented by -O(G3), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3. The number of carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted alkoxy group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

[0348] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio"

[0349] A specific example of a "substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group" described in this specification is a group represented by -S(G3), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3. The number of carbon atoms in an "unsubstituted alkylthio group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

[0350] "Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group"

[0351] Specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy groups" described in this specification include groups represented by -O(G1), where G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1. The number of ring carbon atoms in the "unsubstituted aryloxy group" is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

[0352] "Substituted or unsubstituted arylthio"

[0353] Specific examples of "substituted or unsubstituted arylthio groups" described in this specification include groups represented by -S(G1), where G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1. Unless otherwise specified in this specification, the number of ring carbon atoms in an "unsubstituted arylthio group" is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18.

[0354] "Substituted or unsubstituted trialkylsilyl"

[0355] A specific example of a "trialkylsilyl group" described in this specification is a group represented by -Si(G3)(G3)(G3), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3. Multiple G3s in -Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are the same or different. Unless otherwise specified in this specification, the number of carbon atoms in each alkyl group of the "trialkylsilyl group" is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6.

[0356] "Substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl"

[0357] A specific example of a "substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group" described in this specification is a group represented by -(G3)-(G1), where G3 is a "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3, and G1 is a "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1. Therefore, an "aralkyl group" is a group in which a hydrogen atom of an "alkyl group" is replaced with an "aryl group" as a substituent, and is one embodiment of a "substituted alkyl group." An "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is an "unsubstituted alkyl group" substituted with an "unsubstituted aryl group." The number of carbon atoms in an "unsubstituted aralkyl group" is 7 to 50, preferably 7 to 30, and more preferably 7 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.

[0358] Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group” include benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 1-phenylisopropyl, 2-phenylisopropyl, phenyl tert-butyl, α-naphthylmethyl, 1-α-naphthylethyl, 2-α-naphthylethyl, 1-α-naphthylisopropyl, 2-α-naphthylisopropyl, β-naphthylmethyl, 1-β-naphthylethyl, 2-β-naphthylethyl, 1-β-naphthylisopropyl and 2-β-naphthylisopropyl.

[0359] The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group described in the present specification is preferably phenyl, p-biphenyl, m-biphenyl, o-biphenyl, p-terphenyl-4-yl, p-terphenyl-3-yl, p-terphenyl-2-yl, m-terphenyl-4-yl, m-terphenyl-3-yl, m-terphenyl-2-yl, o-terphenyl-4-yl, o-terphenyl-3-yl, o-terphenyl-2-yl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, pyrenyl, fluorenyl, triphenylene, fluorenyl, 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl and 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl, etc.

[0360] The substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a triazine group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a phenanthroline group, a carbazolyl group (1-carbazolyl group, 2-carbazolyl group, 3-carbazolyl group, 4-carbazolyl group or 9-carbazolyl group), a benzocarbazolyl group, an azacarbazolyl group, a diazacarbazolyl group, a dibenzofuranyl group, a naphthobenzofuranyl group, an azadibenzofuranyl group, a diazadibenzofuranyl group, a dibenzothiophenyl group, a naphthobenzofuranyl group benzothiophenyl, azadibenzothiophenyl, diazadibenzothiophenyl, (9-phenyl)carbazolyl ((9-phenyl)carbazol-1-yl, (9-phenyl)carbazol-2-yl, (9-phenyl)carbazol-3-yl or (9-phenyl)carbazol-4-yl), (9-biphenyl)carbazolyl, (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl, diphenylcarbazol-9-yl, phenylcarbazol-9-yl, phenyltriazinyl, biphenyltriazinyl, diphenyltriazinyl, phenyldibenzofuranyl and phenyldibenzothiophenyl, etc.

[0361] In the present specification, the carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0362]

Chemical Formula 5

[0363]

[0364] In the present specification, the (9-phenyl)carbazolyl group is specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0365]

Chemical Formula 6

[0366]

[0367] In the above general formulas (TEMP-Cz1) to (TEMP-Cz9), * represents a bonding position.

[0368] In the present specification, the dibenzofuranyl group and the dibenzothiophenyl group are specifically any of the following groups unless otherwise specified in the present specification.

[0369]

Chemical Formula 7

[0370]

[0371] In the above general formulas (TEMP-34) to (TEMP-41), * represents a bonding position.

[0372] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group described in the present specification is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, or the like.

[0373] "Substituted or unsubstituted arylene group"

[0374] Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" by removing one hydrogen atom from the aryl ring. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group" (Specific Example Group G12) include divalent groups derived from the "substituted or unsubstituted aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1 by removing one hydrogen atom from the aryl ring.

[0375] "Substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group"

[0376] Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" by removing one hydrogen atom from the heterocyclic ring. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group" (Specific Example Group G13) include divalent groups derived from the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2 by removing one hydrogen atom from the heterocyclic ring.

[0377] "Substituted or unsubstituted alkylene"

[0378] Unless otherwise specified, the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" described in this specification is a divalent group derived from the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" by removing one hydrogen atom from the alkyl chain. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group" (Specific Example Group G14) include divalent groups derived from the "substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group" described in Specific Example Group G3 by removing one hydrogen atom from the alkyl chain.

[0379] The substituted or unsubstituted arylene group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following general formulae (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-68) unless otherwise described in the present specification.

[0380]

Chemical Formula 8

[0381]

[0382]

Chemical Formula 9

[0383]

[0384] In the above general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), Q1 to Q 10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0385] In the above general formulas (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), * represents a bonding position.

[0386]

Chemical Formula 10

[0387]

[0388] In the above general formulas (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), Q1 to Q 10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0389] Formula Q9 and Q 10 They may be bonded to each other via a single bond to form a ring.

[0390] In the above general formulas (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), * represents a bonding position.

[0391]

Chemical Formula 11

[0392]

[0393] In the above general formulas (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), Q1 to Q8 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0394] In the above general formulas (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), * represents a bonding position.

[0395] Unless otherwise described in the present specification, the substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following general formulae (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-102).

[0396]

Chemical Formula 12

[0397]

[0398]

Chemical Formula 13

[0399]

[0400]

Chemical Formula 14

[0401]

[0402] In the above general formulas (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-82), Q1 to Q9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0403]

Chemical Formula 15

[0404]

[0405]

Chemical Formula 16

[0406]

[0407]

Chemical Formula 17

[0408]

[0409]

Chemical Formula 18

[0410]

[0411] In the above general formulas (TEMP-83) to (TEMP-102), Q1 to Q8 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0412] The above is the description of the “substituents described in the present specification”.

[0413] "When bonding to form a ring"

[0414] In this specification, the expression "one or more of the adjacent groups of two or more are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other" means "one or more of the adjacent groups of two or more are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring", "one or more of the adjacent groups of two or more are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring", and "one or more of the adjacent groups of two or more are not bonded to each other".

[0415] The following describes the case where "one or more of a group of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring" and the case where "one or more of a group of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring" (hereinafter, these cases are sometimes collectively referred to as "the case where they are bonded to form a ring"). This description is based on the case of an anthracene compound represented by the following general formula (TEMP-103) in which the parent skeleton is an anthracene ring.

[0416]

Chemical Formula 19

[0417]

[0418] For example, in R 921 ~R 930 In the case of "one or more groups of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a ring", the group of two adjacent groups as one group refers to R 921 With R 922 Group, R 922 With R 923 Group, R 923 With R 924 Group, R 924 With R 930 Group, R 930 With R 925 Group, R 925 With R 926 Group, R 926 With R 927 Group, R 927 With R 928 Group, R 928 With R 929 The group, and R 929 With R 921 group.

[0419] The above “one or more groups” means that two or more groups of the above two or more adjacent groups can form a ring at the same time. 921 With R 922 bonded to form ring Q A And at the same time R 925 With R 926 bonded to form ring Q B When the anthracene compound represented by the above general formula (TEMP-103) is represented by the following general formula (TEMP-104).

[0420]

Chemical Formula 20

[0421]

[0422] The case where "a group of two or more adjacent groups" forms a ring includes not only the case where a group of "two" adjacent groups is bonded as in the above example, but also the case where a group of "three or more" adjacent groups is bonded. For example, R 921 With R 922 bonded to form ring Q A , and R 922 With R 923 bonded to form ring Q C , consisting of three adjacent (R 921 、R 922 and R 923) are bonded to each other to form a ring and fused to the anthracene mother skeleton. In this case, the anthracene compound represented by the general formula (TEMP-103) is represented by the following general formula (TEMP-105). In the following general formula (TEMP-105), ring Q A and Ring Q C Total R 922 .

[0423]

Chemical Formula 21

[0424]

[0425] In the formed "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring", the structure of the ring formed alone may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. Even when "one of the two adjacent groups" forms a "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring", the "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" may form a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. For example, in the above general formula (TEMP-104), the ring Q formed A and Ring Q B Each is a "monocyclic" or "condensed ring". In addition, the ring Q formed in the above general formula (TEMP-105) A and Ring Q C The ring Q of the above general formula (TEMP-105) is A With Ring Q C Through Ring Q A With Ring Q C The ring Q of the above general formula (TMEP-104) is fused to form a fused ring. A If it is a benzene ring, then ring Q A The ring Q of the above general formula (TMEP-104) is A If it is a naphthalene ring, then ring Q A It is a fused ring.

[0426] The "unsaturated ring" refers to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. The "saturated ring" refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring.

[0427] Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups exemplified as specific examples in Specific Example Group G1 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.

[0428] Specific examples of the aromatic heterocycle include structures in which the aromatic heterocyclic groups exemplified in Specific Example Group G2 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.

[0429] Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include structures in which the groups exemplified as specific examples in Specific Example Group G6 are terminated with hydrogen atoms.

[0430] "Forming a ring" means that a ring is formed only by multiple atoms of the parent skeleton, or by multiple atoms of the parent skeleton and one or more other optional elements. For example, R 921 With R 922 The ring Q formed by mutual bonding A Refers to R 921 The carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which it is bonded, R 922 The carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which the bonding occurs forms a ring with one or more optional elements. 921 With R 922 Formation of ring Q A In the case of R 921 The carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which it is bonded, R 922 When the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which the carbon atom is bonded forms a monocyclic unsaturated ring with four carbon atoms, R 921 With R 922 The ring formed is a benzene ring.

[0431] Here, "optional element" is preferably at least one element selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, as long as it is not otherwise described in this specification. In the optional element (for example, in the case of carbon or nitrogen), the bond that does not form a ring can be terminated by a hydrogen atom or the like, or can be substituted by an "optional substituent" described later. When an optional element other than carbon is included, the ring formed is a heterocycle.

[0432] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, the number of "one or more optional elements" constituting a monocyclic or condensed ring is preferably 2 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 12 or less, and even more preferably 3 or more and 5 or less.

[0433] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, "monocyclic ring" is preferred among "monocyclic ring" and "condensed ring".

[0434] In this specification, unless otherwise specified, among "saturated ring" and "unsaturated ring", "unsaturated ring" is preferred.

[0435] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, a "monocyclic ring" is preferably a benzene ring.

[0436] Unless otherwise specified in this specification, the "unsaturated ring" is preferably a benzene ring.

[0437] In the case of "one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent atoms" "bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring" or "bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring", unless otherwise specified in this specification, it is preferred that one or more groups consisting of two or more adjacent atoms bond to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted "unsaturated ring" formed from multiple atoms of the parent skeleton and one or more and fifteen or less elements selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.

[0438] When the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "optional substituent" described below. Specific examples of the substituent when the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent are the substituents described in the above-mentioned section "Substituents described in the present specification".

[0439] When the above-mentioned "saturated ring" or "unsaturated ring" has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, the "optional substituent" described below. When the above-mentioned "monocyclic ring" or "condensed ring" has a substituent, specific examples of the substituent are the substituents described in the above-mentioned "substituents described in the present specification".

[0440] The above is an explanation of the case where "one or more groups of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring" and the case where "one or more groups of two or more adjacent groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring" ("the case where they are bonded to form a ring").

[0441] Substituents when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted"

[0442] In one embodiment of the present specification, the substituent group described as "substituted or unsubstituted" (in the present specification, sometimes referred to as "optional substituent group") is, for example, selected from

[0443] unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0444] unsubstituted alkenyl having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0445] unsubstituted alkynyl having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0446] unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0447] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ),

[0448] -O-(R 904 ),

[0449] -S-(R905 ),

[0450] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ),

[0451] Halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups,

[0452] unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and

[0453] unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms

[0454] The groups in the group etc.

[0455] Here, R 901 ~R 907 Each independently

[0456] hydrogen atoms,

[0457] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0458] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0459] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0460] R 901 When there are two or more, two or more R 901 Same or different from each other,

[0461] R 902 When there are two or more, two or more R 902 Same or different from each other,

[0462] R 903 When there are two or more, two or more R 903 Same or different from each other,

[0463] R 904 When there are two or more, two or more R 904 Same or different from each other,

[0464] R 905 When there are two or more, two or more R 905 Same or different from each other,

[0465] R 906 When there are two or more, two or more R 906 Same or different from each other,

[0466] R 907 When there are two or more, two or more R907 Same as or different from each other.

[0467] In one embodiment, the substituents described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are selected from

[0468] an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0469] an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and

[0470] Heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms

[0471] The groups in the group.

[0472] In one embodiment, the substituents described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are selected from

[0473] an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms,

[0474] an aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms and

[0475] Heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms

[0476] The groups in the group.

[0477] Specific examples of each of the above-mentioned optional substituents are the same as the specific examples of the substituents described in the above-mentioned section "Substituents described in the present specification".

[0478] Unless otherwise specified in this specification, adjacent optional substituents may form a "saturated ring" or an "unsaturated ring", preferably a substituted or unsubstituted saturated five-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted saturated six-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated five-membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated six-membered ring, more preferably a benzene ring.

[0479] Unless otherwise specified in the present specification, an optional substituent may further have a substituent. The substituent further possessed by the optional substituent is the same as the optional substituent described above.

[0480] In this specification, the numerical range expressed using "AA to BB" means a range including the numerical value AA described before "AA to BB" as the lower limit and the numerical value BB described after "AA to BB" as the upper limit.

[0481] [First embodiment]

[0482] (Organic electroluminescent element)

[0483] The organic electroluminescent element involved in this embodiment includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, the first light-emitting layer includes a first host material, the second light-emitting layer includes a second host material, the first host material and the second host material are different from each other, the first light-emitting layer at least includes a compound that exhibits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm, the second light-emitting layer at least includes a compound that exhibits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm, the compound that exhibits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm contained in the first light-emitting layer and the compound that exhibits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm contained in the second light-emitting layer are the same as or different from each other, and the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1).

[0484] T1(H1)>T1(H2)...(Formula 1)

[0485] According to this embodiment, an organic electroluminescent element with improved luminous efficiency can be provided.

[0486] Triplet-triplet annihilation (TTA) is a technique used to improve the luminous efficiency of organic electroluminescent devices. TTA is a mechanism in which triplet excitons collide with each other to generate singlet excitons. The TTA mechanism is sometimes also referred to as the TTF mechanism, as described in Patent Document 4.

[0487] The TTF phenomenon is explained. Holes injected from the anode and electrons injected from the cathode recombine within the light-emitting layer to form excitons. As previously known, their spin states are split between singlet excitons (25%) and triplet excitons (75%). In conventional fluorescent devices, 25% of the singlet excitons relax to the ground state and emit light, while the remaining 75% of the triplet excitons undergo thermal deactivation and return to the ground state without emitting light. Therefore, the theoretical limit of the internal quantum efficiency of conventional fluorescent devices is said to be 25%.

[0488] On the other hand, the behavior of triplet excitons generated in organic matter has been studied theoretically. According to SM Bachilo et al. (J. Phys. Chem. A, 104, 7711 (2000)), if it is assumed that high-order excitons such as quintet immediately return to triplet state, then in the case of triplet excitons (hereinafter referred to as 3 A * ) gradually increases, triplet excitons collide with each other and the reaction shown in the following formula occurs. Here, 1 A represents the ground state, 1 A* represents the lowest excited singlet exciton.

[0489] 3 A * + 3 A * →(4 / 9) 1 A+(1 / 9) 1 A * +(13 / 9) 3 A *

[0490] That is, it becomes 5 3 A * →4 1 A+1A * , it is estimated that of the 75% of triplet excitons initially generated, 1 / 5, or 20%, will transform into singlet excitons. Therefore, the singlet excitons that contribute to light become 40%, which is the sum of the 25% initially generated plus 75% × (1 / 5) = 15%. At this point, the proportion of light emission from TTF (TTF ratio) in the total luminescence intensity becomes 15 / 40, or 37.5%. Furthermore, if the 75% of triplet excitons initially generated collide with each other to form singlet excitons (one singlet exciton is generated from two triplet excitons), a very high internal quantum efficiency of 62.5% can be achieved, which is the sum of the 25% of singlet excitons initially generated plus 75% × (1 / 2) = 37.5%. In this case, the TTF ratio is 37.5 / 62.5 = 60%.

[0491] According to the organic electroluminescent element involved in this embodiment, it is believed that for triplet excitons generated by the recombination of holes and electrons in the first light-emitting layer, even if there are excess carriers at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the directly connected organic layer, the triplet excitons present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the organic layer are not easily quenched. For example, in the case where the recombination region is locally present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the hole transport layer or the electron blocking layer, quenching caused by excess electrons can be considered. On the other hand, in the case where the recombination region is locally present at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the electron transport layer or the hole blocking layer, quenching caused by excess holes can be considered.

[0492] The organic electroluminescent element involved in this embodiment has at least two light-emitting layers (i.e., a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer) that satisfy a prescribed relationship, and the triplet energy T1 (H1) of the first main material in the first light-emitting layer and the triplet energy T1 (H2) of the second main material in the second light-emitting layer satisfy the relationship of the above-mentioned mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1).

[0493] By providing a first and second emitting layer to satisfy the relationship in the above equation (Equation 1), triplet excitons generated in the first emitting layer are not quenched by excess carriers and migrate to the second emitting layer. Furthermore, reverse migration from the second emitting layer to the first emitting layer is suppressed. As a result, singlet excitons are efficiently generated in the second emitting layer via the TTF mechanism, improving luminous efficiency.

[0494] In this way, the organic electroluminescent element has a first light-emitting layer that mainly generates triplet excitons, and a second light-emitting layer that effectively utilizes triplet excitons moved from the first light-emitting layer and mainly exhibits the TTF mechanism as different regions. As the second main material in the second light-emitting layer, a compound with a smaller triplet energy than the first main material in the first light-emitting layer is used, and the difference in triplet energy is set, thereby improving the luminous efficiency.

[0495] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material preferably satisfy the relationship represented by the following equation (Equation 5).

[0496] T1(H1)-T1(H2)>0.03eV...(Formula 5)

[0497] In this specification, the term "host material" refers to, for example, a material comprising "50% by mass or more of a layer." Thus, for example, the first light-emitting layer may contain at least 50% by mass of the first host material relative to the total mass of the first light-emitting layer. For example, the second light-emitting layer may contain at least 50% by mass of the second host material relative to the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

[0498] (Emission wavelength of organic EL element)

[0499] The organic electroluminescent element according to this embodiment preferably emits light having a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

[0500] The organic electroluminescent element according to this embodiment more preferably emits light having a main peak wavelength of 430 nm to 480 nm when the element is driven.

[0501] The main peak wavelength of light emitted by the organic EL element during element driving was measured as follows: A voltage was applied to the organic EL element so that the current density reached 10 mA / cm using a spectrophotometer CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta). 2 The spectral emission brightness spectrum at the time of φ is measured. In the obtained spectral emission brightness spectrum, the peak wavelength of the luminescence spectrum at which the luminescence intensity reaches the maximum is measured and is defined as the main peak wavelength (unit: nm).

[0502] (First Light-Emitting Layer)

[0503] The first light-emitting layer includes a first host material. The first host material is a compound different from a second host material included in the second light-emitting layer.

[0504] The first emitting layer contains at least a compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less. This "compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less" may be the first host material or a compound different from the first host material.

[0505] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer further includes a first dopant material, and the first dopant material is preferably a fluorescent compound.

[0506] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first dopant material is preferably a compound that does not contain an azine ring structure in its molecule.

[0507] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first dopant material is preferably not a boron-containing complex, and more preferably not a complex.

[0508] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first emitting layer preferably does not contain a metal complex. In addition, in the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first emitting layer preferably does not contain a boron-containing complex.

[0509] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a phosphorescent material (dopant material).

[0510] In addition, the first light-emitting layer preferably does not contain heavy metal complexes and phosphorescent rare earth metal complexes. Examples of heavy metal complexes include iridium complexes, osmium complexes, and platinum complexes.

[0511] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first dopant material is preferably a compound that emits fluorescence having a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

[0512] The method for determining the main peak wavelength of a compound is as follows. A 5 μmol / L toluene solution of the compound to be measured is prepared and added to a quartz colorimetric cell, and the luminescence spectrum of the sample is measured at room temperature (300K) (the vertical axis is set to luminescence intensity and the horizontal axis is set to wavelength). The luminescence spectrum can be measured by a spectrofluorophotometer (device name: F-7000) manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Scientific Co., Ltd. It should be noted that the luminescence spectrum measuring device is not limited to the device used here.

[0513] In the emission spectrum, the peak wavelength of the emission spectrum where the emission intensity reaches the maximum is referred to as the main peak wavelength. In this specification, the main peak wavelength is sometimes referred to as the fluorescence emission main peak wavelength (FL-peak).

[0514] In the emission spectrum of the first dopant material, the peak with the highest emission intensity is defined as the main peak. When the height of the main peak is set to 1, the heights of other peaks appearing in the emission spectrum are preferably less than 0.6. It should be noted that the peaks in the emission spectrum are defined as the maximum values.

[0515] Furthermore, in the emission spectrum of the first dopant material, the number of peaks is preferably less than three.

[0516] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer preferably emits light having a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

[0517] The main peak wavelength of light emitted from the light emitting layer during device driving was measured by the method described in the section of Examples to be described later.

[0518] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the singlet energy S1(H1) of the first host material and the singlet energy S1(D1) of the first dopant material preferably satisfy the relationship represented by the following equation (Equation 2).

[0519] S1(H1)>S1(D1)...(Formula 2)

[0520] The singlet energy S1 refers to the energy difference between the lowest excited singlet state and the ground state.

[0521] When the first host material and the first dopant material satisfy the relationship of the above formula (Formula 2), singlet excitons generated in the first host material easily transfer energy from the first host material to the first dopant material, thereby contributing to the fluorescent emission of the first dopant material.

[0522] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(D1) of the first dopant material preferably satisfy the relationship represented by the following equation (Equation 2A).

[0523] T1(D1)>T1(H1)...(Mathematical formula 2A)

[0524] The first host material and the first dopant material satisfy the relationship of the above-mentioned mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 2A), whereby the triplet excitons generated in the first light-emitting layer do not move on the first dopant material with higher triplet energy, but move on the first host material, and are therefore easily moved to the second light-emitting layer.

[0525] The organic EL element according to this embodiment preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 2B).

[0526] T1(D1)>T1(H1)>T1(H2)...(Formula 2B)

[0527] (Triplet energy T1)

[0528] As a method for measuring the triplet energy T1, the following method can be mentioned.

[0529] The compound to be measured was dissolved in EPA (diethyl ether: isopentane: ethanol = 5:5:2 (volume ratio)) to give a volume of 10 -5 mol / L and above 10 -4 mol / L or less, and the solution was added to a quartz colorimetric cell as a measurement sample. For this measurement sample, the phosphorescence spectrum was measured at a low temperature (77 [K]) (the vertical axis is the phosphorescence intensity, and the horizontal axis is the wavelength). A tangent line was drawn on the short wavelength side of the phosphorescence spectrum, and the wavelength value λ based on the intersection of the tangent line and the horizontal axis was calculated. edge [nm], and the energy calculated according to the following conversion formula (F1) is referred to as triplet energy T1.

[0530] Conversion formula (F1): T1 [eV] = 1239.85 / λ edge

[0531] The tangent line to the short-wavelength rise of the phosphorus spectrum is derived as follows. As the spectrum curve moves from the short-wavelength side of the phosphorus spectrum to the shortest-wavelength maximum among the spectral maxima, the tangent line at each point on the curve is considered toward the long-wavelength side. The slope of this tangent line increases as the curve rises (i.e., as the vertical axis increases). The tangent line drawn at the point where this slope reaches its maximum (i.e., the tangent line at the inflection point) is used as the tangent line to the short-wavelength rise of the phosphorus spectrum.

[0532] It should be noted that the maximum point with a peak intensity of less than 15% of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not included in the above-mentioned maximum value on the shortest wavelength side, and the tangent drawn at the point where the slope value is the maximum value and is closest to the maximum value on the shortest wavelength side is used as the tangent of the rise on the short wavelength side of the phosphorus spectrum.

[0533] Phosphorescence can be measured using the F-4500 spectrofluorophotometer manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd. However, the measuring device is not limited thereto, and measurement can be performed using a combination of a cooling device, a low-temperature container, an excitation light source, and a light receiving device.

[0534] (Singlet energy S1)

[0535] As a method for measuring the singlet energy S1 using a solution (sometimes referred to as a solution method), the following method can be mentioned.

[0536] Prepare 10 of the compound to be measured -5 mol / L and above 10 -4 A toluene solution with a concentration of less than 1 mol / L was added to a quartz colorimetric cell, and the absorption spectrum of the sample was measured at room temperature (300K) (absorption intensity on the vertical axis, wavelength on the horizontal axis). A tangent line was drawn on the long-wavelength side of the absorption spectrum, and the wavelength λedge [nm] at the intersection of the tangent line and the horizontal axis was substituted into the conversion formula (F2) shown below to calculate the singlet energy.

[0537] Conversion formula (F2): S1 [eV] = 1239.85 / λedge

[0538] As an absorption spectrum measuring device, for example, a spectrophotometer manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. (device name: U3310) can be cited, but the device is not limited thereto.

[0539] The tangent line for the long-wavelength drop of the absorption spectrum is derived as follows. As the spectrum curve moves along the long-wavelength direction from the maximum value on the longest wavelength side of the absorption spectrum maximum, the tangent line at each point on the curve is considered. As the curve drops (i.e., as the value on the vertical axis decreases), the slope of this tangent line repeatedly decreases and then increases. The tangent line drawn at the point where the slope reaches its minimum on the longest wavelength side (excluding absorbance values ​​of 0.1 or less) is considered the tangent line for the long-wavelength drop of the absorption spectrum.

[0540] It should be noted that the maximum point where the absorbance value is 0.2 or less is not included in the maximum value on the longest wavelength side.

[0541] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the electron mobility μH1 of the first host material and the electron mobility μH2 of the second host material satisfy the relationship represented by the following mathematical formula (Formula 6).

[0542] μH2>μH1...(Formula 6)

[0543] When the first host material and the second host material satisfy the relationship of the above-mentioned mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 6), the recombination ability of holes and electrons in the first light-emitting layer is improved.

[0544] The electron mobility can be measured using impedance spectroscopy by the following method.

[0545] The anode and cathode are used to clamp the measurement object layer with a thickness of 100nm to 200nm, and a small AC voltage of less than 100mV is applied while applying a bias DC voltage. The AC current value (absolute value and phase) flowing at this time is measured. This measurement is performed while changing the frequency of the AC voltage, and the complex impedance (Z) is calculated based on the current value and the voltage value. At this time, the frequency dependence of the imaginary part (ImM) of the modulus M=iωZ (i: imaginary unit, ω: angular frequency) is obtained, and the reciprocal of the frequency ω at which ImM reaches the maximum value is defined as the response time of the electrons conducted in the measurement object layer. Then, the electron mobility is calculated by the following formula.

[0546] Electron mobility = (thickness of the layer to be measured) 2 / (Response time·Voltage)

[0547] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first dopant material preferably contains more than 1.1% by mass of the first light-emitting layer. Specifically, the first dopant material preferably contains more than 1.1% by mass of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, more preferably 1.2% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1.5% by mass or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

[0548] The first dopant material content in the first light-emitting layer is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or less, and even more preferably 5% by mass or less of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

[0549] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, in the first light-emitting layer, the content of the first compound serving as the first host material is preferably 60 mass% or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, more preferably 70 mass% or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, further preferably 80 mass% or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, further preferably 90 mass% or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer, and even more preferably 95 mass% or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

[0550] In the first light-emitting layer, the content of the first host material is preferably 99 mass % or less of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

[0551] However, when the first light-emitting layer contains a first host material and a first dopant material, the upper limit of the total content of the first host material and the first dopant material is 100 mass %.

[0552] It should be noted that this embodiment does not exclude the inclusion of materials other than the first host material and the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer.

[0553] The first light-emitting layer may contain only one first host material or two or more first host materials. The first light-emitting layer may contain only one first dopant material or two or more first dopant materials.

[0554] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the thickness of the first light-emitting layer is preferably 3 nm or greater, more preferably 5 nm or greater. A thickness of 3 nm or greater is sufficient to induce recombination of holes and electrons in the first light-emitting layer.

[0555] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the thickness of the first light-emitting layer is preferably 15 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less. A thickness of 15 nm or less is thin enough to allow triplet excitons to migrate to the second light-emitting layer.

[0556] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the thickness of the first light-emitting layer is more preferably not less than 3 nm and not more than 15 nm.

[0557] (Second light-emitting layer)

[0558] The second light-emitting layer includes a second host material. The second host material is a compound different from the first host material included in the first light-emitting layer.

[0559] The second emitting layer contains at least a compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less. This "compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less" may be the second host material or a compound different from the second host material.

[0560] The method for determining the peak wavelength of the main peak of the compound is as described above.

[0561] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferred that the second light-emitting layer further contains a second dopant material, and the second dopant material is a fluorescent compound.

[0562] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second dopant material is preferably a compound that emits fluorescence having a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

[0563] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer preferably emits light having a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

[0564] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the half-value width of the main peak of the second dopant material is preferably not less than 1 nm and not more than 20 nm.

[0565] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the Stokes shift of the second dopant material preferably exceeds 7 nm.

[0566] If the Stokes shift of the second dopant material exceeds 7 nm, it is easy to prevent a decrease in luminous efficiency due to self-absorption.

[0567] Self-absorption refers to the phenomenon in which the same compound absorbs emitted light, resulting in a decrease in luminous efficiency. Since significant self-absorption is observed in compounds with small Stokes shifts (i.e., large overlap between the absorption and fluorescence spectra), it is preferable to use compounds with large Stokes shifts (minimal overlap between the absorption and fluorescence spectra) to suppress self-absorption. The Stokes shift can be measured using the method described in the Examples.

[0568] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(D2) of the second dopant material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material preferably satisfy the relationship expressed by the following equation (Equation 3).

[0569] T1(D2)>T1(H2)...(Formula 3)

[0570] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the second dopant material and the second host material satisfy the relationship described in the above mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 3). Therefore, when triplet excitons generated in the first light-emitting layer migrate to the second light-emitting layer, they transfer their energy to the molecules of the second host material, not to the second dopant material having a higher triplet energy. Furthermore, triplet excitons generated by recombination of holes and electrons in the second host material do not migrate to the second dopant material having a higher triplet energy. Instead, triplet excitons generated by recombination on molecules of the second dopant material rapidly transfer their energy to molecules of the second host material.

[0571] The triplet excitons passing through the second host material do not move to the second dopant material but the triplet excitons efficiently collide with each other on the second host material by the TTF phenomenon, thereby generating singlet excitons.

[0572] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the singlet energy S1(H2) of the second host material and the singlet energy S1(D2) of the second dopant material preferably satisfy the relationship expressed by the following equation (Equation 4).

[0573] S1(H2)>S1(D2)...(Formula 4)

[0574] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the second dopant material and the second main material satisfy the relationship of the above-mentioned mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 4), so that the singlet energy of the second dopant material is smaller than the singlet energy of the second main material. Therefore, the singlet excitons generated by the TTF phenomenon transfer energy from the second main material to the second dopant material, which contributes to the fluorescent luminescence of the second dopant material.

[0575] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second dopant material is preferably a compound that does not contain an azine ring structure in its molecule.

[0576] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second dopant material is preferably not a boron-containing complex, and more preferably not a complex.

[0577] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second emitting layer preferably does not contain a metal complex. In addition, in the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second emitting layer preferably does not contain a boron-containing complex.

[0578] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer preferably does not contain a phosphorescent material (dopant material).

[0579] In addition, the second light-emitting layer preferably does not contain heavy metal complexes and phosphorescent rare earth metal complexes. Examples of heavy metal complexes include iridium complexes, osmium complexes, and platinum complexes.

[0580] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second dopant material preferably has a content exceeding 1.1% by mass in the second light-emitting layer. Specifically, the second dopant material preferably has a content exceeding 1.1% by mass of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, more preferably 1.2% by mass or greater, and even more preferably 1.5% by mass or greater.

[0581] In the second light-emitting layer, the content of the second dopant material is preferably less than 10 mass % of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, more preferably less than 7 mass % of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, and further preferably less than 5 mass % of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

[0582] In the second light-emitting layer, the content of the second compound serving as the second host material is preferably 60% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, further preferably 80% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, further preferably 90% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer, and even more preferably 95% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

[0583] In the second light-emitting layer, the content of the second host material is preferably 99% by mass or less of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

[0584] When the second light-emitting layer contains a second host material and a second dopant material, the upper limit of the total content of the second host material and the second dopant material is 100 mass %.

[0585] It should be noted that this embodiment does not exclude the inclusion of materials other than the second host material and the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer.

[0586] The second light-emitting layer may contain only one type of second host material or two or more types of second host material. The second light-emitting layer may contain only one type of second dopant material or two or more types of second dopant material.

[0587] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer preferably has a thickness of 5 nm or greater, more preferably 15 nm or greater. A thickness of 5 nm or greater in the second light-emitting layer effectively prevents triplet excitons that migrate from the first light-emitting layer to the second light-emitting layer from returning to the first light-emitting layer. Furthermore, a thickness of 5 nm or greater in the second light-emitting layer effectively separates triplet excitons from the recombination sites in the first light-emitting layer.

[0588] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second emitting layer preferably has a thickness of 20 nm or less. If the thickness of the second emitting layer is 20 nm or less, the density of triplet excitons in the second emitting layer can be increased, making the TTF phenomenon more likely to occur.

[0589] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the second light-emitting layer preferably has a thickness of 5 nm to 20 nm.

[0590] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(DX) of the compound containing fluorescent light with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm contained in the first light-emitting layer or the compound containing fluorescent light with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm contained in the second light-emitting layer, the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first main material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second main material preferably satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 10).

[0591] 2.6eV>T1(DX)>T1(H1)>T1(H2)...(Formula 10)

[0592] When the first light-emitting layer contains a first dopant material, the triplet energy T1 (D1) of the first dopant material preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 10A).

[0593] 2.6eV>T1(D1)>T1(H1)>T1(H2)...(Formula 10A)

[0594] When the second light-emitting layer contains a second dopant material, the triplet energy T1 (D2) of the second dopant material preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 10B).

[0595] 2.6eV>T1(D2)>T1(H1)>T1(H2)...(Formula 10B)

[0596] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(DX) of the compound containing fluorescent light with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm contained in the first light-emitting layer or the compound containing fluorescent light with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm contained in the second light-emitting layer and the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first main material preferably satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 11).

[0597] 0eV<T1(DX)-T1(H1)<0.6eV...(Equation 11)

[0598] When the first light-emitting layer contains a first dopant material, the triplet energy T1 (D1) of the first dopant material preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 11A).

[0599] 0eV<T1(D1)-T1(H1)<0.6eV...(Equation 11A)

[0600] When the second light-emitting layer contains a second dopant material, the triplet energy T1(D2) of the second dopant material preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 11B).

[0601] 0eV<T1(D2)-T1(H2)<0.8eV...(Equation 11B)

[0602] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 12).

[0603] T1(H1)>2.0eV...(Formula 12)

[0604] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 12A) and also preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 12B).

[0605] T1(H1)>2.10eV...(Formula 12A)

[0606] T1(H1)>2.15eV...(Formula 12B)

[0607] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material satisfies the relationship described in the above formula (Formula 12A) or (Formula 12B). This facilitates the migration of triplet excitons generated in the first emitting layer to the second emitting layer, while also suppressing their reverse migration from the second emitting layer to the first emitting layer. As a result, singlet excitons are efficiently generated in the second emitting layer, improving luminous efficiency.

[0608] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 12C) and also preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 12D).

[0609] 2.08eV>T1(H1)>1.87eV...(Mathematical formula 12C)

[0610] 2.05eV>T1(H1)>1.90eV...(Formula 12D)

[0611] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the triplet energy T1 (H1) of the first main material satisfies the relationship of the above-mentioned mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 12C) or the above-mentioned mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 12D), and the energy of the triplet excitons generated in the first light-emitting layer becomes smaller, so that the organic EL element can be expected to have a longer life.

[0612] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the triplet energy T1 (F1) of the compound containing the first light-emitting layer that shows fluorescent light with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm also preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 14A) and also preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 14B).

[0613] 2.60eV>T1(F1)...(Formula 14A)

[0614] 2.50eV>T1(F1)...(Equation 14B)

[0615] When the first light-emitting layer contains a compound that satisfies the relationship of the above-mentioned formula (Formula 14A) or (Formula 14B), the life of the organic EL device is prolonged.

[0616] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the triplet energy T1 (F2) of the compound containing the second light-emitting layer that shows fluorescent light with a main peak wavelength of less than 500 nm also preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 14C) and also preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 14D).

[0617] 2.60eV>T1(F2)...(Mathematical formula 14C)

[0618] 2.50eV>T1(F2)...(Formula 14D)

[0619] When the second light-emitting layer contains a compound that satisfies the relationship of the above-mentioned formula (Formula 14C) or (Formula 14D), the life of the organic EL device is prolonged.

[0620] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material preferably satisfies the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 13).

[0621] T1(H2)≥1.9eV...(Formula 13)

[0622] (Other layers of organic EL element)

[0623] The organic EL element according to this embodiment may further include one or more organic layers in addition to the first and second light-emitting layers. Examples of the organic layer include at least one layer selected from the group consisting of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a light-emitting layer, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer, and an electron blocking layer.

[0624] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, it can be composed of only the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer, or it can also have at least any one layer selected from, for example, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer and an electron blocking layer.

[0625] The organic EL device according to this embodiment preferably further includes an anode and a cathode, the first light-emitting layer is provided between the anode and the cathode, and the second light-emitting layer is provided between the first light-emitting layer and the cathode.

[0626] The organic electroluminescent element according to this embodiment also preferably includes an anode, a first light-emitting layer, a second light-emitting layer, and a cathode in this order.

[0627] (Hole Transport Layer)

[0628] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferable to include a hole transport layer between the anode and the first light-emitting layer.

[0629] (Electron Transport Layer)

[0630] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is preferable to include an electron transport layer between the second light-emitting layer and the cathode.

[0631] Figure 1 A schematic configuration of an example of an organic EL element according to this embodiment is shown.

[0632] The organic EL element 1 includes a light-transmitting substrate 2, an anode 3, a cathode 4, and an organic layer 10 disposed between the anode 3 and the cathode 4. The organic layer 10 is composed of a hole injection layer 6, a hole transport layer 7, a first light-emitting layer 51, a second light-emitting layer 52, an electron transport layer 8, and an electron injection layer 9 stacked in this order, starting from the anode 3 side.

[0633] The present invention is not limited to Figure 1 As another example of an organic EL element having another structure, there can be mentioned a structure in which the organic layers are stacked in this order from the anode side: a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a second light-emitting layer, a first light-emitting layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer.

[0634] The organic EL element according to this embodiment may further include a third light-emitting layer.

[0635] The above-mentioned third light-emitting layer preferably contains a third host material, the above-mentioned first host material, the above-mentioned second host material and the above-mentioned third host material are different from each other, the above-mentioned third light-emitting layer at least contains a compound that exhibits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of less than 500nm, the compound that exhibits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of less than 500nm contained in the above-mentioned first light-emitting layer, the compound that exhibits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of less than 500nm contained in the above-mentioned second light-emitting layer and the compound that exhibits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of less than 500nm contained in the above-mentioned third light-emitting layer are the same as or different from each other, and the triplet energy T1(H1) of the above-mentioned first host material and the triplet energy T1(H3) of the above-mentioned third host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1A).

[0636] T1(H1)>T1(H3)...(Mathematical formula 1A)

[0637] When the organic EL element according to this embodiment includes a third light-emitting layer, the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material and the triplet energy T1(H3) of the third host material preferably satisfy the relationship expressed by the following formula (Formula 1B).

[0638] T1(H2)>T1(H3)...(Formula 1B)

[0639] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are preferably in direct contact with each other.

[0640] In this specification, the layer structure in which "the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer are in direct contact with each other" may include, for example, any of the following configurations (LS1), (LS2), and (LS3).

[0641] (LS1) A scheme in which a region where the first host material and the second host material are mixed is generated during the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the first light-emitting layer and the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the second light-emitting layer, and the region exists at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.

[0642] (LS2) In the case where the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer contain light-emitting compounds, a region in which the first main material, the second main material and the light-emitting compound are mixed is generated during the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the first light-emitting layer and the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the second light-emitting layer, and the region exists at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.

[0643] (LS3) In the case where the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer contain a light-emitting compound, a region formed by the light-emitting compound, a region formed by the first main material, or a region formed by the second main material is generated during the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the first light-emitting layer and the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the second light-emitting layer, and the region exists at the interface between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.

[0644] When the organic EL element according to this embodiment includes a third light-emitting layer, it is preferred that the first light-emitting layer is in direct contact with the second light-emitting layer, and the second light-emitting layer is in direct contact with the third light-emitting layer.

[0645] In this specification, the layer structure in which "the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer are in direct contact with each other" may include, for example, any of the following configurations (LS4), (LS5), and (LS6).

[0646] (LS4) A scheme in which a region where the second main material and the third main material are mixed is generated during the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the second light-emitting layer and the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the third light-emitting layer, and the region exists at the interface between the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer.

[0647] (LS5) In the case where the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer contain light-emitting compounds, a region in which the second main material, the third main material and the light-emitting compound are mixed is generated during the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the second light-emitting layer and the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the third light-emitting layer, and the region exists at the interface between the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer.

[0648] (LS6) In the case where the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer contain a light-emitting compound, a region formed by the light-emitting compound, a region formed by the second main material, or a region formed by the third main material is generated during the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the second light-emitting layer and the vapor deposition process of the compound involved in the third light-emitting layer, and the region exists at the interface between the second light-emitting layer and the third light-emitting layer.

[0649] Furthermore, the organic EL element according to this embodiment preferably further includes a diffusion layer.

[0650] When the organic EL element according to this embodiment includes a diffusion layer, the diffusion layer is preferably disposed between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.

[0651] The structure of the organic EL element 1 will be further described. In the following, reference numerals may be omitted.

[0652] (Substrate)

[0653] The substrate is used as a support for the organic EL element. As the substrate, for example, glass, quartz, and plastic can be used. In addition, a flexible substrate can be used. A flexible substrate refers to a (flexible) substrate that can be bent. For example, a plastic substrate can be mentioned. As materials forming the plastic substrate, for example, polycarbonate, polyarylate, polyethersulfone, polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinyl chloride, polyimide, and polyethylene naphthalate can be mentioned. In addition, an inorganic vapor-deposited film can also be used.

[0654] (anode)

[0655] The anode formed on the substrate is preferably made of a metal, alloy, conductive compound, or mixture thereof having a large work function (specifically, 4.0 eV or greater). Specifically, examples include indium oxide-tin oxide (ITO), indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, indium oxide-zinc oxide, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide, and graphene. Other examples include gold (Au), platinum (Pt), nickel (Ni), tungsten (W), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), copper (Cu), palladium (Pd), titanium (Ti), or nitrides of metal materials (e.g., titanium nitride).

[0656] These materials are usually formed into films by sputtering. For example, indium oxide-zinc oxide can be formed by sputtering using a target to which zinc oxide is added at 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less relative to indium oxide. In addition, for example, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide can be formed by sputtering using a target to which tungsten oxide is added at 0.5% by mass or less and 5% by mass or less relative to indium oxide and zinc oxide is added at 0.1% by mass or less and 1% by mass or less relative to indium oxide. In addition, it can also be produced by vacuum evaporation, coating, inkjet, spin coating, etc.

[0657] Among the EL layers formed on the anode, the hole injection layer formed in contact with the anode is formed using a composite material that easily injects holes regardless of the work function of the anode. Therefore, materials that can serve as electrode materials (such as metals, alloys, conductive compounds and mixtures thereof, and also including elements belonging to the first or second group of the periodic table) can be used.

[0658] It is also possible to use elements belonging to the first or second group of the periodic table as materials with a small work function, i.e., alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), and alkaline earth metals such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), and strontium (Sr), and alloys thereof (e.g., MgAg, AlLi), rare earth metals such as europium (Eu), and ytterbium (Yb), and alloys thereof. It should be noted that when forming the anode using alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and alloys thereof, vacuum evaporation or sputtering can be used. In addition, when using silver paste or the like, a coating method, an inkjet method, etc. can be used.

[0659] (cathode)

[0660] The cathode is preferably made of a metal, alloy, conductive compound, or mixture thereof having a small work function (specifically, 3.8 eV or less). Specific examples of such cathode materials include elements belonging to Group I or Group II of the periodic table, i.e., alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), alkaline earth metals such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), and strontium (Sr), and alloys thereof (e.g., MgAg, AlLi), and rare earth metals such as europium (Eu) and ytterbium (Yb), and alloys thereof.

[0661] It should be noted that when an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, or an alloy thereof is used to form the cathode, vacuum deposition or sputtering can be used. Furthermore, when silver paste is used, coating or inkjet methods can be used.

[0662] It should be noted that by providing an electron injection layer, a variety of conductive materials such as Al, Ag, ITO, graphene, indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide can be used to form the cathode regardless of the size of the work function. These conductive materials can be formed into films using sputtering, inkjet, spin coating, etc.

[0663] (Hole Injection Layer)

[0664] The hole injection layer is a layer containing a substance with high hole injectability. Examples of substances with high hole injectability include molybdenum oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, rhenium oxide, ruthenium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, silver oxide, tungsten oxide, and manganese oxide.

[0665] In addition, as substances with high hole injection properties, low molecular weight organic compounds such as 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (abbreviation: TDATA), 4,4',4"-tris[N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviation: MTDATA), 4,4'-bis[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: DPAB), 4,4'-bis(N-{4-[N'-(3-methylphenyl)-N'-phenylamino]phenyl}-N-phenylamino)biphenyl (abbreviation: DNTPD), 1,3,5-tris[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]phenyl}-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: DNTPD), Aromatic amine compounds such as 3-[N-(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)-N-phenylamino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCA1), 3,6-bis[N-(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)-N-phenylamino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCA2), and 3-[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)amino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCN1), and dipyrazino[2,3-f:20,30-h]quinoxaline-2,3,6,7,10,11-hexacarbonitrile (HAT-CN).

[0666] In addition, as a substance with high hole injection properties, a polymer compound (oligomer, dendrimer, polymer, etc.) can also be used. For example, poly (N-vinyl carbazole) (abbreviated as: PVK), poly (4-vinyl triphenylamine) (abbreviated as: PVTPA), poly [N- (4-{N'-[4-(4-diphenylamino)phenyl]phenyl-N'-phenylamino}phenyl) methacrylamide] (abbreviated as: PTPDMA), poly [N, N'-bis (4-butylphenyl) -N, N'-bis (phenyl) benzidine] (abbreviated as: Poly-TPD) and the like polymer compounds. In addition, a polymer compound to which an acid is added, such as poly (3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) / poly (styrene sulfonic acid) (PEDOT / PSS) and polyaniline / poly (styrene sulfonic acid) (PAni / PSS) can also be used.

[0667] (Hole Transport Layer)

[0668] The hole transport layer is a layer containing a substance with high hole transport properties. The hole transport layer can use aromatic amine compounds, carbazole derivatives, anthracene derivatives, etc. Specifically, 4,4'-bis[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviated as: NPB), N,N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine (abbreviated as: TPD), 4-phenyl-4'-(9-phenylfluorene-9-yl)triphenylamine (abbreviated as: BAFLP), 4,4'-bis[N-(9,9-dimethylfluorene-2-yl)- N-phenylamino] biphenyl (abbreviated as DFLDPBi), 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (abbreviated as TDATA), 4,4',4"-tris[N-(3-methylphenyl)-N-phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviated as MTDATA), 4,4'-bis[N-(spiro-9,9'-bifluoren-2-yl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviated as BSPB) and the like. The substances described here are mainly aromatic amine compounds having 10 -6 cm 2 / (V·s) or more.

[0669] Carbazole derivatives such as CBP, 9-[4-(N-carbazolyl)]phenyl-10-phenylanthracene (CzPA), and 9-phenyl-3-[4-(10-phenyl-9-anthracenyl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole (PCzPA), and anthracene derivatives such as t-BuDNA, DNA, and DPAnth can also be used in the hole transport layer. Polymer compounds such as poly(N-vinylcarbazole) (abbreviated: PVK) and poly(4-vinyltriphenylamine) (abbreviated: PVTPA) can also be used.

[0670] It should be noted that as long as the hole transport property is higher than that of the electron, other substances may also be used. It should be noted that the layer containing the substance with high hole transport property may be not only a single layer but also a stack of two or more layers formed by stacking the above substances.

[0671] (Electron Transport Layer)

[0672] The electron transport layer is a layer containing a substance with high electron transport properties. The electron transport layer can use 1) metal complexes such as aluminum complexes, beryllium complexes, zinc complexes, 2) heteroaromatic compounds such as imidazole derivatives, benzimidazole derivatives, azine derivatives, carbazole derivatives, and phenanthroline derivatives, and 3) polymer compounds. Specifically, as low-molecular organic compounds, metal complexes such as Alq, tris (4-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoline) aluminum (abbreviated as: Almq3), bis (10-hydroxybenzo [h] quinoline) beryllium (abbreviated as: BeBq2), BAlq, Znq, ZnPBO, and ZnBTZ can be used. In addition to the metal complex, heteroaromatic compounds such as 2-(4-biphenyl)-5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole (abbreviated as PBD), 1,3-bis[5-(p-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl]benzene (abbreviated as OXD-7), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-(4-biphenyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviated as TAZ), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5-(4-biphenyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviated as p-EtTAZ), bathophenanthroline (abbreviated as BPhen), bathocuproin (abbreviated as BCP), and 4,4'-bis(5-methylbenzoxazol-2-yl)stilbene (abbreviated as BzOs) can also be used. In this embodiment, benzimidazole compounds can be suitably used. The substances described herein are mainly 10 -6 cm 2 / (V·s) or more. It should be noted that as long as the electron transport property is higher than the hole transport property, substances other than the above can also be used as the electron transport layer. In addition, the electron transport layer can also be composed of a single layer or a stack of two or more layers formed by the above substances.

[0673] Furthermore, polymer compounds may be used in the electron transport layer. Examples include poly[(9,9-dihexylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(pyridine-3,5-diyl)] (abbreviated as PF-Py) and poly[(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(2,2'-bipyridine-6,6'-diyl)] (abbreviated as PF-BPy).

[0674] (Electron Injection Layer)

[0675] The electron injection layer is a layer comprising a substance having high electron injection. Alkali metals, alkaline earth metals or compounds thereof such as lithium (Li), cesium (Cs), calcium (Ca), lithium fluoride (LiF), cesium fluoride (CsF), calcium fluoride (CaF2), lithium oxide (LiOx) etc. can be used in the electron injection layer. In addition, a material formed by containing an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal or a compound thereof in a substance having electron transportability can also be used, specifically a material formed by containing magnesium (Mg) in Alq etc. can be used. It should be noted that electron injection from the cathode can be more efficiently performed at this time.

[0676] Alternatively, a composite material mixed with an organic compound and an electron donor (donor) can also be used in the electron injection layer. Such a composite material has excellent electron injection and electron transport properties because it generates electrons in the organic compound through the electron donor. At this time, as an organic compound, it is preferably a material with excellent transport of the generated electrons. Specifically, for example, the above-mentioned substances (metal complexes, heteroaromatic compounds, etc.) constituting the electron transport layer can be used. As an electron donor, it is as long as it is a substance that shows electron donating properties for the organic compound. Specifically, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and rare earth metals are preferred, and lithium, cesium, magnesium, calcium, erbium, ytterbium, etc. can be mentioned. In addition, alkali metal oxides and alkaline earth metal oxides are preferred, and lithium oxide, calcium oxide, barium oxide, etc. can be mentioned. In addition, a Lewis base such as magnesium oxide can also be used. In addition, organic compounds such as tetrathiafulvalene (abbreviated as: TTF) can also be used.

[0677] (Layer Formation Method)

[0678] The method for forming each layer of the organic EL element of this embodiment is not limited except for those specifically mentioned above, and well-known methods such as dry film-forming methods such as vacuum evaporation, sputtering, plasma, and ion plating, and wet film-forming methods such as spin coating, dip coating, flow coating, and inkjet can be used.

[0679] (film thickness)

[0680] The thickness of each organic layer in the organic EL element of this embodiment is not limited except for the cases specifically mentioned above. Generally speaking, if the film thickness is too thin, defects such as pinholes are likely to occur, while if the film thickness is too thick, a high applied voltage is required, which degrades efficiency. Therefore, the film thickness of each organic layer in an organic EL element is generally preferably in the range of several nanometers to 1 μm.

[0681] (first host material, second host material and third host material)

[0682] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first host material, the second host material, and the third host material may be, for example, a first compound represented by the following general formula (1), (1X), (12X), (13X), (14X), (15X), or (16X), and a second compound represented by the following general formula (2). Alternatively, the first compound may be used as both the first and second host materials. In this case, for convenience, the compound represented by the following general formula (1) or the following general formula (1X), (12X), (13X), (14X), (15X), or (16X) used as the second host material may be referred to as the second compound.

[0683] (First Compound)

[0684]

Chemical Formula 22

[0685]

[0686] (In the above general formula (1),

[0687] R 101 ~R 110 Each independently

[0688] hydrogen atoms,

[0689] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0690] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0691] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0692] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0693] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0694] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0695] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0696] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0697] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0698] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0699] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0700] Halogen atoms,

[0701] cyano,

[0702] Nitro,

[0703] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0704] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[0705] The group represented by the above general formula (11)

[0706] Among them, R 101 ~R 110 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (11),

[0707] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11) may be the same as or different from each other.

[0708] L 101 for

[0709] single bond,

[0710] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0711] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0712] Ar 101 for

[0713] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0714] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0715] mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[0716] L 101 If there are more than 2, more than 2 L 101 Same or different from each other,

[0717] Ar 101 When there are two or more Ar 101 Same or different from each other,

[0718] * in the above general formula (11) represents the bonding position to the pyrene ring in the above general formula (1).

[0719] (In the first compound according to this embodiment, R901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 906 、R 907 、R 801 and R 802 Each independently

[0720] hydrogen atoms,

[0721] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0722] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0723] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0724] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0725] R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[0726] R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[0727] R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other,

[0728] R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other,

[0729] R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[0730] R 906 When there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[0731] R 907 When there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other,

[0732] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[0733] R 802 When there are multiple R802 Same as or different from each other.)

[0734] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (11) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (111).

[0735]

Chemical Formula 23

[0736]

[0737] (In the above general formula (111),

[0738] X1 for CR 123 R 124 , oxygen atom, sulfur atom or NR 125 ,

[0739] L 111 and L 112 Each independently

[0740] single bond,

[0741] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0742] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0743] ma is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[0744] mb is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[0745] ma+mb is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[0746] Ar 101 Ar in the above general formula (11) 101 Same meaning,

[0747] R 121 、R 122 、R 123 、R 124 and R 125 Each independently

[0748] hydrogen atoms,

[0749] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0750] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0751] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0752] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0753] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0754] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0755] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0756] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0757] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0758] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0759] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0760] Halogen atoms,

[0761] cyano,

[0762] Nitro,

[0763] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0764] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0765] mc is 3,

[0766] 3 Rs 121 Same or different from each other,

[0767] md is 3,

[0768] 3 Rs 122 Same as or different from each other.)

[0769] Among the carbon atoms *1 to *8 in the ring structure represented by the following general formula (111a) in the group represented by the above general formula (111), L 111 Bonded at any position from *1 to *4, R 121 Bonded to the other three positions from *1 to *4, L 112 Bonded to any position from *5 to *8, R 122 Bonded to the remaining three positions from *5 to *8.

[0770]

Chemical Formula 24

[0771]

[0772] For example, in the group represented by the above general formula (111), L 111 The position of the carbon atom bonded to *2 in the ring structure represented by the general formula (111a) is 112 When the group is bonded to the carbon atom at *7 in the ring structure represented by the general formula (111a), the group represented by the general formula (111) is represented by the following general formula (111b).

[0773]

Chemical Formula 25

[0774]

[0775] (In the above general formula (111b),

[0776] X1, L 111 、L 112 、ma、mb、Ar 101 、R 121 、R 122 、R 123 、R 124 and R 125 Each independently of X1, L in the above general formula (111) 111 、L 112 、ma、mb、Ar 101 、R 121 、R 122 、R 123 、R 124 and R 125 Same meaning,

[0777] Multiple R 121 Same or different from each other,

[0778] Multiple R 122 Same as or different from each other.)

[0779] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (111) is preferably a group represented by the general formula (111b).

[0780] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[0781] ma is 0, 1, or 2,

[0782] mb is 0, 1, or 2.

[0783] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[0784] ma is 0 or 1,

[0785] mb is 0 or 1.

[0786] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, Ar 101 It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0787] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,

[0788] Ar 101 Preferably

[0789] substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,

[0790] substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl,

[0791] Substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl,

[0792] Substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl,

[0793] substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl,

[0794] Substituted or unsubstituted phenanthracene, or

[0795] a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

[0796] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,

[0797] Ar 101 Also preferred are groups represented by the following general formula (12), general formula (13) or general formula (14).

[0798]

Chemical Formula 26

[0799]

[0800] (In the above general formulas (12), (13) and (14),

[0801] R 111 ~R 120 Each independently

[0802] hydrogen atoms,

[0803] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0804] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0805] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0806] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0807] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0808] -Si(R 901 )(R902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0809] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0810] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0811] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[0812] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0813] -C(=O)R 124 The groups shown,

[0814] -COOR 125 The groups shown,

[0815] Halogen atoms,

[0816] cyano,

[0817] Nitro,

[0818] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0819] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0820] * in the above general formula (12), general formula (13) and general formula (14) represents the same as L in the above general formula (11). 101 The bonding position of, or with L in the above general formula (111) or general formula (111b) 112 bonding position.)

[0821] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,

[0822] The first compound is preferably represented by the following general formula (101).

[0823]

Chemical Formula 27

[0824]

[0825] (In the above general formula (101),

[0826] R 101 ~R 120 Each independently

[0827] hydrogen atoms,

[0828] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0829] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0830] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0831] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0832] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0833] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0834] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0835] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0836] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0837] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0838] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0839] Halogen atoms,

[0840] cyano,

[0841] Nitro,

[0842] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0843] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0844] Among them, R 101 ~R 110 One of them represents L 101 The bonding position, R 111 ~R 120 One of them represents L 101 The bonding position of

[0845] L 101 for

[0846] single bond,

[0847] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0848] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0849] mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[0850] L 101 If there are more than 2, more than 2 L 101 Same as or different from each other.)

[0851] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,

[0852] L 101 Preferably

[0853] Single button, or

[0854] A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0855] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,

[0856] The first compound is preferably represented by the following general formula (102).

[0857]

Chemical Formula 28

[0858]

[0859] (In the above general formula (102),

[0860] R 101 ~R 120 Each independently of R in the above general formula (101) 101 ~R 120 Same meaning,

[0861] Among them, R 101 ~R 110 One of them represents L 111 The bonding position, R 111 ~R 120 One of them represents L 112 The bonding position of

[0862] X1 for CR 123 R 124 , oxygen atom, sulfur atom or NR 125 ,

[0863] L 111 and L 112 Each independently

[0864] single bond,

[0865] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0866] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0867] ma is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[0868] mb is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,

[0869] ma+mb is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[0870] R 121 、R 122 、R 123 、R 124 and R 125 Each independently

[0871] hydrogen atoms,

[0872] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0873] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0874] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0875] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0876] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0877] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0878] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0879] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0880] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0881] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0882] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0883] Halogen atoms,

[0884] cyano,

[0885] Nitro,

[0886] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0887] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0888] mc is 3,

[0889] 3 Rs 121 Same or different from each other,

[0890] md is 3,

[0891] 3 Rs 122 Same as or different from each other.)

[0892] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (102), preferably,

[0893] ma is 0, 1, or 2,

[0894] mb is 0, 1, or 2.

[0895] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (102), preferably,

[0896] ma is 0 or 1,

[0897] mb is 0 or 1.

[0898] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[0899] R 101 ~R 110 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above-mentioned general formula (11).

[0900] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[0901] R 101 ~R 110 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above general formula (11), and Ar 101 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0902] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[0903] Ar 101 is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group,

[0904] L 101 is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrene group,

[0905] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (11) 101 ~R 110 The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group.

[0906] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[0907] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (11) 101 ~R 110 Each independently

[0908] hydrogen atoms,

[0909] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0910] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0911] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0912] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0913] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[0914] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (11) 101 ~R 110 Each independently

[0915] hydrogen atoms,

[0916] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[0917] A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[0918] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, R 101 ~R 110 Preferred is a hydrogen atom.

[0919] Compound represented by general formula (1X)

[0920] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1X).

[0921]

Chemical Formula 29

[0922]

[0923] (In the above general formula (1X),

[0924] R 101 ~R 112 Each independently

[0925] hydrogen atoms,

[0926] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0927] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0928] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0929] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0930] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0931] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0932] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0933] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0934] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0935] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0936] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0937] Halogen atoms,

[0938] cyano,

[0939] Nitro,

[0940] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0941] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[0942] The group represented by the above general formula (11X)

[0943] Among them, R 101 ~R 112 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (11X),

[0944] When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (11X), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (11X) are the same as or different from each other.

[0945] L 101 for

[0946] single bond,

[0947] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0948] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0949] Ar 101 for

[0950] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0951] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0952] mx is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[0953] L 101 If there are more than 2, more than 2 L 101 Same or different from each other,

[0954] Ar 101 When there are two or more Ar 101 Same or different from each other,

[0955] * in the above general formula (11X) represents the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the above general formula (1X).

[0956] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (11X) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (111X).

[0957]

Chemical Formula 30

[0958]

[0959] (In the above general formula (111X),

[0960] X1 for CR 143 R 144 , oxygen atom, sulfur atom or NR 145 ,

[0961] L 111 and L 112 Each independently

[0962] single bond,

[0963] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0964] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0965] ma is 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[0966] mb is 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[0967] ma+mb is 2, 3 or 4,

[0968] Ar 101 Ar in the above general formula (11) 101 Same meaning,

[0969] R 141 、R 142 、R 143 、R 144 and R 145 Each independently

[0970] hydrogen atoms,

[0971] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0972] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0973] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0974] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0975] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[0976] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[0977] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[0978] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[0979] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[0980] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[0981] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[0982] Halogen atoms,

[0983] cyano,

[0984] Nitro,

[0985] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[0986] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[0987] mc is 3,

[0988] 3 Rs 141Same or different from each other,

[0989] md is 3,

[0990] 3 Rs 142 Same as or different from each other.)

[0991] Among the carbon atoms *1 to *8 in the ring structure represented by the following general formula (111aX) in the group represented by the above general formula (111X), L 111 Bonded at any position from *1 to *4, R 141 Bonded to the other three positions from *1 to *4, L 112 Bonded to any position from *5 to *8, R 142 Bonded to the remaining three positions from *5 to *8.

[0992]

Chemical Formula 31

[0993]

[0994] For example, in the group represented by the above general formula (111X), L 111 The position of the carbon atom bonded to *2 in the ring structure represented by the general formula (111aX) is L 112 When the group is bonded to the carbon atom at position *7 in the ring structure represented by the general formula (111aX), the group represented by the general formula (111X) is represented by the following general formula (111bX).

[0995]

Chemical Formula 32

[0996]

[0997] (In the above general formula (111bX),

[0998] X1, L 111 、L 112 、ma、mb、Ar 101 、R 141 、R 142 、R 143 、R 144 and R 145 Each independently of X1, L in the above general formula (111X) 111 、L 112 、ma、mb、Ar 101 、R 141 、R 142 、R 143 、R 144 and R 145 Same meaning,

[0999] Multiple R 141 Same or different from each other,

[1000] Multiple R 142 Same as or different from each other.)

[1001] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the group represented by the general formula (111X) is preferably a group represented by the general formula (111bX).

[1002] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), preferably, ma is 1 or 2, and mb is 1 or 2.

[1003] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), preferably, ma is 1 and mb is 1.

[1004] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), Ar 101 It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1005] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), Ar 101 Preferably

[1006] substituted or unsubstituted phenyl,

[1007] substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl,

[1008] Substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl,

[1009] Substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl,

[1010] substituted or unsubstituted benzo[a]anthryl,

[1011] substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl,

[1012] Substituted or unsubstituted phenanthracene, or

[1013] a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

[1014] The compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (1X) is also preferably represented by the following general formula (101X).

[1015]

Chemical Formula 33

[1016]

[1017] (In the above general formula (101X),

[1018] R 111 and R 112 One of them represents L 101 The bonding position, R 133 and R 134 One of them represents L 101 The bonding position of

[1019] R 101 ~R 110 、R 121 ~R 130 , not with L 101 The bonding position R 111 or R 112 , and not with L 101 The bonding position R 133 or R 134 Each independently

[1020] hydrogen atoms,

[1021] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1022] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1023] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1024] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1025] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1026] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1027] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1028] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1029] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1030] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1031] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1032] Halogen atoms,

[1033] cyano,

[1034] Nitro,

[1035] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1036] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1037] L 101 for

[1038] single bond,

[1039] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1040] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1041] mx is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1042] L 101 If there are more than 2, more than 2 L 101 Same as or different from each other.)

[1043] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), L 101 Preferably

[1044] Single button, or

[1045] A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1046] The compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (1X) is also preferably represented by the following general formula (102X).

[1047]

Chemical Formula 34

[1048]

[1049] (In the above general formula (102X),

[1050] R 111 and R 112 One of them represents L 111 The bonding position, R 133 and R 134 One of them represents L 112 The bonding position of

[1051] R 101 ~R 110 、R 121 ~R 130 , not with L 111 The bonding position R 111 or R 112 And not with L 112 The bonding position R 133 or R 134 Each independently

[1052] hydrogen atoms,

[1053] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1054] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1055] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1056] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1057] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1058] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1059] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1060] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1061] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1062] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1063] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1064] Halogen atoms,

[1065] cyano,

[1066] Nitro,

[1067] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1068] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1069] X1 for CR 143 R 144 , oxygen atom, sulfur atom or NR 145 ,

[1070] L 111 and L 112 Each independently

[1071] single bond,

[1072] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1073] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1074] ma is 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1075] mb is 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1076] ma+mb is 2, 3, 4 or 5,

[1077] R 141 、R 142 、R 143 、R 144 and R 145 Each independently

[1078] hydrogen atoms,

[1079] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1080] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1081] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1082] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1083] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1084] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1085] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1086] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1087] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1088] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1089] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1090] Halogen atoms,

[1091] cyano,

[1092] Nitro,

[1093] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1094] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1095] mc is 3,

[1096] 3 Rs 141 Same or different from each other,

[1097] md is 3,

[1098] 3 Rs 142 Same as or different from each other.)

[1099] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), preferably, ma in the above general formula (102X) is 1 or 2, and mb is 1 or 2.

[1100] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), preferably, ma is 1 and mb is 1 in the above general formula (102X).

[1101] In the compound represented by the general formula (1X), the group represented by the general formula (11X) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (11AX) or a group represented by the following general formula (11BX).

[1102]

Chemical Formula 35

[1103]

[1104] (In the above general formula (11AX) and the above general formula (11BX),

[1105] R 121 ~R 131 Each independently

[1106] hydrogen atoms,

[1107] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1108] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1109] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1110] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1111] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1112] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1113] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1114] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1115] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1116] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1117] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1118] Halogen atoms,

[1119] cyano,

[1120] Nitro,

[1121] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1122] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1123] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11AX), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (11AX) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1124] When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (11BX), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (11BX) are the same as or different from each other.

[1125] L 131 and L 132 Each independently

[1126] single bond,

[1127] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1128] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1129] * in the above general formula (11AX) and the above general formula (11BX) each represents a bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the above general formula (1X).

[1130] The compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (1X) is also preferably represented by the following general formula (103X).

[1131]

Chemical Formula 36

[1132]

[1133] (In the above general formula (103X),

[1134] R 101 ~R 110 and R 112 Each of them is the same as R in the above general formula (1X) 101 ~R 110 and R 112 Same meaning,

[1135] R 121 ~R 131 、L 131 and L 132 Each of them is the same as R in the above general formula (11BX) 121 ~R 131 、L 131 and L 132 Same meaning.)

[1136] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), L 131 A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is also preferred.

[1137] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), L 132 A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is also preferred.

[1138] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (1X), R 101 ~R 112 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above-mentioned general formula (11).

[1139] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), preferably, R 101 ~R 112 Two or more of them are groups represented by the above general formula (11X), and Ar in the general formula (11X) 101 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1140] Among the compounds represented by the above general formula (1X), preferred are

[1141] Ar 101 is not substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthryl,

[1142] L 101 is not substituted or unsubstituted benzo[a]anthracenylene,

[1143] R other than the group represented by the above general formula (11X) 101 ~R 110 The substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is not a substituted or unsubstituted benzo[a]anthryl group.

[1144] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), it is preferred that R 101 ~R 112 Each independently

[1145] hydrogen atoms,

[1146] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1147] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1148] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1149] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1150] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), it is preferred that R 101 ~R 112 for

[1151] hydrogen atoms,

[1152] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[1153] A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1154] In the compound represented by the above general formula (1X), R other than the group represented by the above general formula (11X) 101 ~R 112 Preferred is a hydrogen atom.

[1155] Compound represented by general formula (12X)

[1156] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (12X).

[1157]

Chemical Formula 37

[1158]

[1159] (In the above general formula (12X),

[1160] R 1201 ~R 1210 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[1161] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1162] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring,

[1163] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 1201 ~R 1210 Each independently

[1164] hydrogen atoms,

[1165] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1166] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1167] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1168] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1169] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1170] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1171] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1172] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1173] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1174] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1175] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1176] Halogen atoms,

[1177] cyano,

[1178] Nitro,

[1179] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1180] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1181] The group represented by the above general formula (121)

[1182] Wherein, when the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring has a substituent, the substituent when the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring has a substituent, and R 1201 ~R 1210 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (121),

[1183] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (121), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (121) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1184] L 1201 for

[1185] single bond,

[1186] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1187] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1188] Ar 1201 for

[1189] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1190] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1191] mx2 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1192] L 1201 If there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1201 Same or different from each other,

[1193] Ar 1201 When there are two or more Ar 1201 Same or different from each other,

[1194] * in the above general formula (121) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the above general formula (12X).

[1195] In the above general formula (12X), R 1201 ~R 1210 The group consisting of two adjacent ones is R 1201 With R 1202 Group, R 1202 With R 1203 Group, R 1203 With R 1204 Group, R 1204 With R 1205 Group, R 1205 With R 1206 Group, R 1207 With R 1208 Group, R 1208 With R 1209 The group, and R 1209 With R 1210 group.

[1196] Compound represented by general formula (13X)

[1197] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (13X).

[1198]

Chemical Formula 38

[1199]

[1200] (In the above general formula (13X),

[1201] R 1301 ~R 1310 Each independently

[1202] hydrogen atoms,

[1203] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1204] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1205] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1206] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1207] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1208] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1209] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1210] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1211] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1212] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1213] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1214] Halogen atoms,

[1215] cyano,

[1216] Nitro,

[1217] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1218] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1219] The group represented by the above general formula (131)

[1220] Among them, R 1301 ~R 1310 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (131),

[1221] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (131), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (131) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1222] L 1301 for

[1223] single bond,

[1224] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1225] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1226] Ar 1301 for

[1227] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1228] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1229] mx3 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1230] L 1301 If there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1301 Same or different from each other,

[1231] Ar 1301 When there are two or more Ar 1301 Same or different from each other,

[1232] * in the above general formula (131) represents the bonding position to the fluoranthene ring in the above general formula (13X).

[1233] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, R 1301 ~R 1310 In the above general formula (13X), the group consisting of two or more adjacent groups is not bonded to each other. 1301 With R 1302 Group, R 1302 With R 1303 Group, R 1303 With R 1304 Group, R 1304 With R 1305 Group, R 1305 With R 1306 Group, R 1307 With R 1308 Group, R 1308 With R 1309 The group, and R1309 With R 1310 group.

[1234] Compound represented by general formula (14X)

[1235] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (14X).

[1236]

Chemical Formula 39

[1237]

[1238] (In the above general formula (14X),

[1239] R 1401 ~R 1410 Each independently

[1240] hydrogen atoms,

[1241] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1242] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1243] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1244] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1245] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1246] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1247] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1248] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1249] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1250] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1251] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1252] Halogen atoms,

[1253] cyano,

[1254] Nitro,

[1255] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1256] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1257] The group represented by the above general formula (141)

[1258] Among them, R 1401 ~R 1410 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (141),

[1259] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (141), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (141) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1260] L 1401 for

[1261] single bond,

[1262] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1263] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1264] Ar 1401 for

[1265] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1266] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1267] mx4 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1268] L 1401 If there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1401 Same or different from each other,

[1269] Ar 1401 When there are two or more Ar 1401 Same or different from each other,

[1270] * in the above general formula (141) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the above general formula (14X).

[1271] Compound represented by general formula (15X)

[1272] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (15X).

[1273]

Chemical Formula 40

[1274]

[1275] (In the above general formula (15X),

[1276] R 1501 ~R 1514 Each independently

[1277] hydrogen atoms,

[1278] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1279] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1280] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1281] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1282] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1283] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1284] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1285] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1286] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1287] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1288] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1289] Halogen atoms,

[1290] cyano,

[1291] Nitro,

[1292] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1293] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1294] The group represented by the above general formula (151)

[1295] Among them, R 150 1~R 1514 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (151),

[1296] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (151), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (151) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1297] L 1501 for

[1298] single bond,

[1299] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1300] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1301] Ar 1501 for

[1302] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1303] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1304] mx5 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1305] L 1501 If there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1501 Same or different from each other,

[1306] Ar 1501 When there are two or more Ar 1501 Same or different from each other,

[1307] * in the above general formula (151) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the above general formula (15X).

[1308] Compound represented by general formula (16X)

[1309] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (16X).

[1310]

Chemical Formula 41

[1311]

[1312] (In the above general formula (16X),

[1313] R 1601 ~R 1614 Each independently

[1314] hydrogen atoms,

[1315] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1316] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1317] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1318] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1319] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1320] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1321] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1322] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1323] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1324] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1325] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1326] Halogen atoms,

[1327] cyano,

[1328] Nitro,

[1329] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1330] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[1331] The group represented by the above general formula (161)

[1332] Among them, R 1601 ~R 1614 At least one of them is a group represented by the above general formula (161),

[1333] When there are a plurality of groups represented by the general formula (161), the plurality of groups represented by the general formula (161) may be the same as or different from each other.

[1334] L 1601 for

[1335] single bond,

[1336] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1337] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1338] Ar 1601 for

[1339] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1340] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1341] mx6 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5,

[1342] L 1601 If there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1601 Same or different from each other,

[1343] Ar 1601 When there are two or more Ar 1601 are the same as or different from each other, and * in the above general formula (161) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the above general formula (16X).

[1344] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, it is also preferred that the first main material has a connection structure in the molecule comprising a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring connected by a single bond, the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the connection structure are further independently fused with a single ring or a condensed ring or are not fused, and the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the connection structure are further connected by cross-linking in at least one part other than the single bond.

[1345] Since the first host material has such a connection structure including cross-linking, it can be expected that the chromaticity deterioration of the organic EL element can be suppressed.

[1346] In this case, the first host material only needs to have a connection structure (sometimes referred to as a benzene-naphthalene connection structure) comprising a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring connected by a single bond as shown in the following formula (X1) or formula (X2) as the minimum unit in the molecule. A monocyclic ring or a condensed ring may be further fused to the benzene ring, and a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring may be further fused to the naphthalene ring. For example, for the first host material, since one of the naphthalene rings in the connection structure (sometimes referred to as a naphthalene-naphthalene connection structure) comprising a naphthalene ring and a naphthalene ring connected by a single bond as shown in the following formula (X3), formula (X4) or formula (X5) contains a benzene ring, the benzene-naphthalene connection structure is also contained in the molecule.

[1347]

Chemical Formula 42

[1348]

[1349] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the crosslinking structure preferably includes a double bond. In other words, the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring are preferably further connected at portions other than the single bond via a crosslinking structure including a double bond.

[1350] If the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the benzene-naphthalene connection structure are further connected by cross-linking at at least one part other than the single bond, for example, in the case of the above-mentioned formula (X1), a connection structure (condensed ring) represented by the following formula (X11) is formed, and in the case of the above-mentioned formula (X3), a connection structure (condensed ring) represented by the following formula (X31) is formed.

[1351] If the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the benzene-naphthalene connection structure are further connected by a cross-link containing a double bond at the part other than the single bond, then, for example, in the case of the above-mentioned formula (X1), a connection structure (condensed ring) represented by the following formula (X12) is formed; in the case of the above-mentioned formula (X2), a connection structure (condensed ring) represented by the following formula (X21) or formula (X22) is formed; in the case of the above-mentioned formula (X4), a connection structure (condensed ring) represented by the following formula (X41) is formed; and in the case of the above-mentioned formula (X5), a connection structure (condensed ring) represented by the following formula (X51) is formed.

[1352] If the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the benzene-naphthalene link structure are further linked by a crosslink containing a heteroatom (e.g., an oxygen atom) at at least one portion other than the single bond, then, for example, in the case of the above-mentioned formula (X1), a link structure (condensed ring) represented by the following formula (X13) is formed.

[1353]

Chemical Formula 43

[1354]

[1355] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, it is also preferred that the first host material has a biphenyl structure in the molecule in which the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring are connected by a single bond, and the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by cross-linking in at least one part other than the single bond.

[1356] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are preferably further connected by the crosslink at a portion other than the single bond. By having such a crosslinked biphenyl structure as the first host material, it is expected that degradation of the chromaticity of the organic EL device can be suppressed.

[1357] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the crosslink contains a double bond.

[1358] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, it is also preferable that the crosslinking does not include a double bond.

[1359] It is also preferred that the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by the crosslinking at two portions other than the single bond.

[1360] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are preferably further connected by the crosslink at two portions other than the single bond, and the crosslink does not include a double bond. By having such a crosslinked biphenyl structure as the first host material, it is expected that degradation of the chromaticity of the organic EL device can be suppressed.

[1361] For example, if the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure represented by the following formula (BP1) are further connected by cross-linking at at least one portion other than a single bond, the biphenyl structure forms a connected structure (condensed ring) such as the following formulas (BP11) to (BP15).

[1362]

Chemical Formula 44

[1363]

[1364] The above formula (BP11) is a structure in which one portion other than the above single bond is connected by a cross-linking that does not contain a double bond.

[1365] The above formula (BP12) is a structure in which one portion other than the above single bond is connected by a crosslink containing a double bond.

[1366] The above formula (BP13) is a structure in which two moieties other than the above single bond are connected by a crosslink containing no double bond.

[1367] The above formula (BP14) has a structure in which one of the two parts other than the single bond is connected by a crosslink not containing a double bond, and the other of the two parts other than the single bond is connected by a crosslink containing a double bond.

[1368] The above formula (BP15) is a structure in which two moieties other than the above single bond are connected by a crosslink containing a double bond.

[1369] In the first compound and the second compound, the groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are preferably "unsubstituted" groups.

[1370] (Method for producing the first compound)

[1371] The first compound can be produced by a known method. Alternatively, the first compound can be produced by following a known method using a known substitution reaction and raw materials corresponding to the target substance.

[1372] (Specific example of the first compound)

[1373] Specific examples of the first compound include the following compounds: However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the first compound.

[1374] In the present specification, in specific examples of compounds, D represents a deuterium atom, Me represents a methyl group, and tBu represents a tert-butyl group.

[1375]

Chemical Formula 45

[1376]

[1377]

Chemical Formula 46

[1378]

[1379]

Chemical Formula 47

[1380]

[1381]

Chemical Formula 48

[1382]

[1383]

Chemical Formula 49

[1384]

[1385]

Chemical Formula 50

[1386]

[1387]

Chemical Formula 51

[1388]

[1389]

Chemical Formula 52

[1390]

[1391]

Chemical Formula 53

[1392]

[1393]

Chemical Formula 54

[1394]

[1395]

Chemical Formula 55

[1396]

[1397]

Chemical Formula 56

[1398]

[1399]

Chemical Formula 57

[1400]

[1401]

Chemical Formula 58

[1402]

[1403]

Chemical Formula 59

[1404]

[1405]

Chemical Formula 60

[1406]

[1407]

Chemical Formula 61

[1408]

[1409]

Chemical Formula 62

[1410]

[1411]

Chemical Formula 63

[1412]

[1413]

Chemical Formula 64

[1414]

[1415]

Chemical Formula 65

[1416]

[1417]

Chemical Formula 66

[1418]

[1419]

Chemical Formula 67

[1420]

[1421]

Chemical Formula 68

[1422]

[1423]

Chemical Formula 69

[1424]

[1425]

Chemical Formula 70

[1426]

[1427]

Chemical Formula 71

[1428]

[1429]

Chemical Formula 72

[1430]

[1431]

Chemical Formula 73

[1432]

[1433]

Chemical Formula 74

[1434]

[1435]

Chemical Formula 75

[1436]

[1437]

Chemical Formula 76

[1438]

[1439]

Chemical Formula 77

[1440]

[1441]

Chemical Formula 78

[1442]

[1443]

Chemical Formula 79

[1444]

[1445]

Chemical Formula 80

[1446]

[1447]

Chemical Formula 81

[1448]

[1449]

Chemical Formula 82

[1450]

[1451]

Chemical Formula 83

[1452]

[1453]

Chemical Formula 84

[1454]

[1455]

Chemical Formula 85

[1456]

[1457]

Chemical Formula 86

[1458]

[1459]

Chemical Formula 87

[1460]

[1461]

Chemical Formula 88

[1462]

[1463]

Chemical Formula 89

[1464]

[1465]

Chemical Formula 90

[1466]

[1467]

Chemical Formula 91

[1468]

[1469]

Chemical Formula 92

[1470]

[1471]

Chemical Formula 93

[1472]

[1473]

Chemical Formula 94

[1474]

[1475]

Chemical Formula 95

[1476]

[1477]

Chemical Formula 96

[1478]

[1479]

Chemical Formula 97

[1480]

[1481]

Chemical Formula 98

[1482]

[1483]

Chemical Formula 99

[1484]

[1485]

Chemical Formula 100

[1486]

[1487] Chemical Formula 101

[1488]

[1489]

Chemical Formula 102

[1490]

[1491]

Chemical Formula 103

[1492]

[1493]

Chemical Formula 104

[1494]

[1495]

Chemical Formula 105

[1496]

[1497]

Chemical Formula 106

[1498]

[1499]

Chemical Formula 107

[1500]

[1501]

Chemical Formula 108

[1502]

[1503]

Chemical Formula 109

[1504]

[1505]

Chemical Formula 110

[1506]

[1507]

Chemical Formula 111

[1508]

[1509]

Chemical Formula 112

[1510]

[1511]

Chemical Formula 113

[1512]

[1513]

Chemical Formula 114

[1514]

[1515]

Chemical Formula 115

[1516]

[1517]

Chemical Formula 116

[1518]

[1519]

Chemical Formula 117

[1520]

[1521]

Chemical Formula 118

[1522]

[1523]

Chemical Formula 119

[1524]

[1525]

Chemical Formula 120

[1526]

[1527]

Chemical Formula 121

[1528]

[1529]

Chemical Formula 122

[1530]

[1531]

Chemical Formula 123

[1532]

[1533]

Chemical Formula 124

[1534]

[1535]

Chemical Formula 125

[1536]

[1537]

Chemical Formula 126

[1538]

[1539]

Chemical Formula 127

[1540]

[1541]

Chemical Formula 128

[1542]

[1543]

Chemical Formula 129

[1544]

[1545]

Chemical Formula 130

[1546]

[1547]

Chemical Formula 131

[1548]

[1549]

Chemical Formula 132

[1550]

[1551]

Chemical Formula 133

[1552]

[1553]

Chemical Formula 134

[1554]

[1555] (Second Compound)

[1556] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, the second compound is a compound represented by the following general formula (2).

[1557]

Chemical Formula 135

[1558]

[1559] (In the above general formula (2),

[1560] R 201 ~R 208 Each independently

[1561] hydrogen atoms,

[1562] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1563] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1564] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1565] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1566] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1567] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1568] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1569] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1570] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1571] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1572] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1573] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1574] Halogen atoms,

[1575] cyano,

[1576] Nitro,

[1577] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1578] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1579] L 201 and L 202 Each independently

[1580] single bond,

[1581] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1582] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1583] Ar 201 and Ar 202 Each independently

[1584] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1585] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1586] (In the second compound according to this embodiment, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 906 、R 907 、R 801 and R 802 Each independently

[1587] hydrogen atoms,

[1588] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1589] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1590] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1591] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1592] R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[1593] R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[1594] R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other,

[1595] R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other,

[1596] R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[1597] R 906 When there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[1598] R 907 When there are multiple R 907Same or different from each other,

[1599] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[1600] R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.)

[1601] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[1602] R 201 ~R 208 Each independently

[1603] hydrogen atoms,

[1604] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1605] a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1606] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1607] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1608] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1609] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1610] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1611] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1612] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1613] a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1614] -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown,

[1615] -COOR 802 The groups shown,

[1616] Halogen atoms,

[1617] cyano, or

[1618] Nitro,

[1619] L 201 and L 202 Each independently

[1620] single bond,

[1621] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1622] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1623] Ar 201 and Ar 202 Each independently

[1624] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1625] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1626] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[1627] L 201 and L 202 Each independently

[1628] Single button or

[1629] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1630] Ar 201 and Ar 202 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1631] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment, it is preferable that

[1632] Ar 201 and Ar 202 Each independently

[1633] Phenyl,

[1634] Naphthyl,

[1635] Fiki,

[1636] Biphenyl,

[1637] terphenyl,

[1638] Diphenylfluorenyl,

[1639] Dimethylfluorenyl,

[1640] Benzodiphenylfluorenyl,

[1641] Benzodimethylfluorenyl,

[1642] dibenzofuranyl,

[1643] dibenzothiophene,

[1644] naphthobenzofuranyl, or

[1645] Naphthobenzothienyl.

[1646] In the organic EL element involved in this embodiment, the second compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (201), general formula (202), general formula (203), general formula (204), general formula (205), general formula (206), general formula (207), general formula (208) or general formula (209).

[1647]

Chemical Formula 136

[1648]

[1649]

Chemical Formula 137

[1650]

[1651]

Chemical Formula 138

[1652]

[1653]

Chemical Formula 139

[1654]

[1655]

Chemical Formula 140

[1656]

[1657]

Chemical Formula 141

[1658]

[1659]

Chemical Formula 142

[1660]

[1661]

Chemical Formula 143

[1662]

[1663]

Chemical Formula 144

[1664]

[1665] (In the above general formulas (201) to (209),

[1666] L 201 and Ar 201 and L in the above general formula (2) 201 and Ar 201 Same meaning,

[1667] R 201 ~R 208 Each independently of R in the above general formula (2) 201 ~R 208 Same meaning.)

[1668] The second compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (2) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (221), general formula (222), general formula (223), general formula (224), general formula (225), general formula (226), general formula (227), general formula (228) or general formula (229).

[1669]

Chemical Formula 145

[1670]

[1671]

Chemical Formula 146

[1672]

[1673]

Chemical Formula 147

[1674]

[1675]

Chemical Formula 148

[1676]

[1677]

Chemical Formula 149

[1678]

[1679]

Chemical Formula 150

[1680]

[1681]

Chemical Formula 151

[1682]

[1683]

Chemical Formula 152

[1684]

[1685]

Chemical Formula 153

[1686]

[1687] (In the above general formulas (221), (222), (223), (224), (225), (226), (227), (228) and (229),

[1688] R 201 and R 203 ~R 208 Each independently of R in the above general formula (2) 201 and R 203 ~R 208 Same meaning,

[1689] L 201 and Ar 201 Respectively with L in the above general formula (2) 201 and Ar 201 Same meaning,

[1690] L 203 and L in the above general formula (2) 201 Same meaning,

[1691] L 203 With L 201 Same or different from each other,

[1692] Ar 203 and Ar in the above general formula (2) 201 Same meaning,

[1693] Ar 203 with Ar 201 Same as or different from each other.)

[1694] The second compound represented by the above-mentioned general formula (2) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (241), general formula (242), general formula (243), general formula (244), general formula (245), general formula (246), general formula (247), general formula (248) or general formula (249).

[1695]

Chemical Formula 154

[1696]

[1697]

Chemical Formula 155

[1698]

[1699]

Chemical Formula 156

[1700]

[1701]

Chemical Formula 157

[1702]

[1703]

Chemical Formula 158

[1704]

[1705]

Chemical Formula 159

[1706]

[1707]

Chemical Formula 160

[1708]

[1709]

Chemical Formula 161

[1710]

[1711]

Chemical Formula 162

[1712]

[1713] (In the above general formulas (241), (242), (243), (244), (245), (246), (247), (248) and (249),

[1714] R 201 、R 202 and R 204 ~R 208 Each independently of R in the above general formula (2) 201 、R 202 and R 204 ~R 208 Same meaning,

[1715] L 203 and L in the above general formula (2) 201 Same meaning,

[1716] L 203 With L 201 Same or different from each other,

[1717] Ar 203 and Ar in the above general formula (2) 201 Same meaning,

[1718] Ar 203 with Ar 201 Same as or different from each other.)

[1719] In the second compound represented by the general formula (2), it is preferred that R 201 ~R 208 Each independently

[1720] hydrogen atoms,

[1721] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1722] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1723] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group.

[1724] Preferably, L 101 for

[1725] Single button or

[1726] an unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms,

[1727] Ar 101 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms.

[1728] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, in the second compound represented by the above general formula (2), R 201 ~R 208 From the viewpoint of preventing the inhibition of the interaction between molecules and suppressing the decrease in electron mobility, a hydrogen atom is preferred, but R 201 ~R 208 It may also be a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1729] R 201 ~R 208 In the case of a substituent with high steric hindrance such as an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, the interaction between molecules is suppressed, the electron mobility decreases relative to the first host material, and there is a possibility that the relationship μH2>μH1 described in the above mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 6) is no longer satisfied. When the second compound is used in the second light-emitting layer, it can be expected that by satisfying the relationship μH2>μH1, the decrease in the ability of holes and electrons to recombine in the first light-emitting layer and the decrease in the luminous efficiency can be suppressed. It should be noted that as a substituent, a haloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) represented by -O-(R 904 ) represented by the group, -S-(R 905 ) represented by the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) represented by a group, an aralkyl group, -C(=O)R 801The group shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, halogen atoms, cyano groups, and nitro groups may form high steric hindrance, and alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may form even higher steric hindrance.

[1730] In the second compound represented by the above general formula (2), R as a substituent of the anthracene skeleton is 201 ~R 208 It is preferably not a high steric hindrance substituent, preferably not an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably not an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) represented by -O-(R 904 ) represented by the group, -S-(R 905 ) represented by the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) represented by a group, an aralkyl group, -C(=O)R 801 The group shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, halogen atoms, cyano groups and nitro groups.

[1731] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,

[1732] In the second compound represented by the above general formula (2), R 201 ~R 208 Each independently

[1733] hydrogen atoms,

[1734] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1735] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1736] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group.

[1737] In the organic EL element according to this embodiment,

[1738] In the second compound represented by the above general formula (2), R 201 ~R 208 Preferred is a hydrogen atom.

[1739] In the above second compound, R 201 ~R 208 When the substituent is expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted", it is also preferred that the substituents mentioned above which may form high steric hindrance are not included, and in particular, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups are not included.201 ~R 208 When the substituent is expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted", by not including substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups, the intermolecular interactions caused by the presence of highly sterically hindered substituents such as alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups are prevented from being inhibited, thereby preventing a decrease in electron mobility. In addition, when such a second compound is used in the second light-emitting layer, a decrease in the recombination ability of holes and electrons in the first light-emitting layer and a decrease in the luminous efficiency can be suppressed.

[1740] It is further preferred that R as a substituent of the anthracene skeleton 201 ~R 208 It is not a high steric hindrance substituent. R 201 ~R 208 is unsubstituted. In addition, R as a substituent of the anthracene skeleton 201 ~R 208 In the case of a non-high steric hindrance substituent, when R is a low steric hindrance substituent 201 ~R 208 When a substituent is bonded to the phosphine group, the substituent is preferably not a high steric hindrance substituent. 201 ~R 208 The substituent bonded to the above is preferably not an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably not an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) represented by -O-(R 904 ) represented by the group, -S-(R 905 ) represented by the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) represented by a group, an aralkyl group, -C(=O)R 801 The group shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, halogen atoms, cyano groups and nitro groups.

[1741] In the second compound described above, any group described as "substituted or unsubstituted" is preferably an "unsubstituted" group.

[1742] (Method for producing the second compound)

[1743] The second compound can be produced by a known method. Alternatively, the second compound can be produced by following a known method using a known substitution reaction and raw materials corresponding to the target substance.

[1744] (Specific example of the second compound)

[1745] Specific examples of the second compound include the following compounds. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples of the second compound.

[1746]

Chemical Formula 163

[1747]

[1748]

Chemical Formula 164

[1749]

[1750]

Chemical Formula 165

[1751]

[1752]

Chemical Formula 166

[1753]

[1754]

Chemical Formula 167

[1755]

[1756]

Chemical Formula 168

[1757]

[1758]

Chemical Formula 169

[1759]

[1760]

Chemical Formula 170

[1761]

[1762]

Chemical Formula 171

[1763]

[1764]

Chemical Formula 172

[1765]

[1766]

Chemical Formula 173

[1767]

[1768]

Chemical Formula 174

[1769]

[1770]

Chemical Formula 175

[1771]

[1772]

Chemical Formula 176

[1773]

[1774]

Chemical Formula 177

[1775]

[1776]

Chemical Formula 178

[1777]

[1778]

Chemical Formula 179

[1779]

[1780]

Chemical Formula 180

[1781]

[1782]

Chemical Formula 181

[1783]

[1784]

Chemical Formula 182

[1785]

[1786]

Chemical Formula 183

[1787]

[1788]

Chemical Formula 184

[1789]

[1790]

Chemical Formula 185

[1791]

[1792]

Chemical Formula 186

[1793]

[1794]

Chemical Formula 187

[1795]

[1796] (First dopant material, second dopant material, and third dopant material)

[1797] In the organic EL device according to this embodiment, examples of the first dopant material, the second dopant material, and the third dopant material include the following third compound and the following fourth compound.

[1798] The third compound and the fourth compound are each independently selected from

[1799] The compound represented by the following general formula (3),

[1800] The compound represented by the following general formula (4),

[1801] The compound represented by the following general formula (5),

[1802] The compound represented by the following general formula (6),

[1803] The compound represented by the following general formula (7),

[1804] The compound represented by the following general formula (8),

[1805] The compound represented by the following general formula (9) and

[1806] One or more compounds represented by the following general formula (10).

[1807] (Compound represented by general formula (3))

[1808] The compound represented by the general formula (3) will be described.

[1809]

Chemical Formula 188

[1810]

[1811] (In the above general formula (3),

[1812] R 301 ~R 310 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[1813] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1814] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[1815] Not bonded to each other,

[1816] R 301 ~R 310 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (31),

[1817] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring, does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring, and is not a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (31) 301 ~R 310Each independently

[1818] hydrogen atoms,

[1819] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1820] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1821] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1822] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1823] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1824] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1825] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1826] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1827] Halogen atoms,

[1828] cyano,

[1829] Nitro,

[1830] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1831] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1832]

Chemical Formula 189

[1833]

[1834] (In the above general formula (31),

[1835] Ar 301 and Ar 302 Each independently

[1836] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1837] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1838] L 301 ~L 303 Each independently

[1839] single bond,

[1840] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[1841] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[1842] * represents the bonding position in the pyrene ring in the above general formula (3).

[1843] In the third and fourth compounds, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 906 and R 907 Each independently

[1844] hydrogen atoms,

[1845] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1846] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1847] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1848] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1849] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[1850] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1851] R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other,

[1852] R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other,

[1853] R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other,

[1854] R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other,

[1855] R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other,

[1856] R906 When there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other,

[1857] R 907 When there are multiple R 907 Same as or different from each other.

[1858] In the above general formula (3), preferably R 301 ~R 310 Two of them are groups represented by the above-mentioned general formula (31).

[1859] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (33).

[1860]

Chemical Formula 190

[1861]

[1862] (In the above general formula (33),

[1863] R 311 ~R 318 Each independently of the monovalent group R in the general formula (3) other than the monovalent group represented by the general formula (31) 301 ~R 310 Same meaning,

[1864] L 311 ~L 316 Each independently

[1865] single bond,

[1866] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[1867] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[1868] Ar 312 、Ar 313 、Ar 315 and Ar 316 Each independently

[1869] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1870] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1871] In the above general formula (31), L 301 Preferably, it is a single bond, L 302 and L 303 It is preferably a single bond.

[1872] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (3) is represented by the following general formula (34) or (35).

[1873]

Chemical Formula 191

[1874]

[1875] (In the above general formula (34),

[1876] R 311 ~R 318 Each independently of the monovalent group R in the general formula (3) other than the monovalent group represented by the general formula (31) 301 ~R 310 Same meaning,

[1877] L 312 、L 313 、L 315 and L 316 Each independently of L in the above general formula (33) 312 、L 313 、L 315 and L 316 Same meaning,

[1878] Ar 312 、Ar 313 、Ar 315 and Ar 316 Each independently and Ar in the above general formula (33) 312 、Ar 313 、Ar 315 and Ar 316 Same meaning.)

[1879]

Chemical Formula 192

[1880]

[1881] (In the above general formula (35),

[1882] R 311 ~R 318 Each independently of the monovalent group R in the general formula (3) other than the monovalent group represented by the general formula (31) 301 ~R 310 Same meaning,

[1883] Ar 312 、Ar 313 、Ar 315 and Ar 316 Each independently and Ar in the above general formula (33) 312 、Ar 313 、Ar 315 and Ar316 Same meaning.)

[1884] In the above general formula (31), preferably, Ar 301 and Ar 302 At least one of them is a group represented by the following general formula (36).

[1885] In the above general formulas (33) to (35), it is preferred that Ar 312 and Ar 313 At least one of them is a group represented by the following general formula (36).

[1886] In the above general formulas (33) to (35), it is preferred that Ar 315 and Ar 316 At least one of them is a group represented by the following general formula (36).

[1887]

Chemical Formula 193

[1888]

[1889] (In the above general formula (36),

[1890] X3 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,

[1891] R 321 ~R 327 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[1892] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1893] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[1894] Not bonded to each other,

[1895] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 321 ~R 327 Each independently

[1896] hydrogen atoms,

[1897] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1898] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1899] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1900] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1901] -Si(R 901 )(R 902)(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1902] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1903] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1904] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1905] Halogen atoms,

[1906] cyano,

[1907] Nitro,

[1908] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1909] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1910] *Indicates L 302 、L 303 、L 312 、L 313 、L 315 or L 316 bonding position.)

[1911] X3 is preferably an oxygen atom.

[1912] Preferred R 321 ~R 327 At least one of

[1913] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1914] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1915] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1916] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1917] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1918] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1919] In the above general formula (31), preferably, Ar 301 is a group represented by the above general formula (36), Ar 302 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1920] In the above general formulas (33) to (35), it is preferred that Ar 312 is a group represented by the above general formula (36), Ar 313 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1921] In the above general formulas (33) to (35), it is preferred that Ar 315 is a group represented by the above general formula (36), Ar 316 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1922] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (3) is represented by the following general formula (37).

[1923]

Chemical Formula 194

[1924]

[1925] (In the above general formula (37),

[1926] R 311 ~R 318 Each independently of the monovalent group R in the general formula (3) other than the monovalent group represented by the general formula (31) 301 ~R 310 Same meaning,

[1927] R 321 ~R 327 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[1928] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1929] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[1930] Not bonded to each other,

[1931] R 341 ~R 347 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[1932] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1933] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[1934] Not bonded to each other,

[1935] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 321 ~R 327 and R 341 ~R 347 Each independently

[1936] hydrogen atoms,

[1937] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1938] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1939] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1940] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1941] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[1942] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1943] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1944] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1945] Halogen atoms,

[1946] cyano,

[1947] Nitro,

[1948] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1949] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1950] R 331 ~R 335 and R 351 ~R 355 Each independently

[1951] hydrogen atoms,

[1952] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1953] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1954] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1955] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[1956] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R903 ) shown in the group,

[1957] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[1958] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[1959] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[1960] Halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups,

[1961] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1962] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1963] (Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (3))

[1964] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3) include the following compounds.

[1965]

Chemical Formula 195

[1966]

[1967]

Chemical Formula 196

[1968]

[1969]

Chemical Formula 197

[1970]

[1971]

Chemical Formula 198

[1972]

[1973]

Chemical Formula 199

[1974]

[1975] (Compound represented by general formula (4))

[1976] The compound represented by the general formula (4) will be described.

[1977]

Chemical Formula 200

[1978]

[1979] (In the above general formula (4),

[1980] Z is each independently CRa or a nitrogen atom,

[1981] Ring A1 and ring A2 are each independently

[1982] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[1983] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[1984] When there are multiple Ra, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Ra

[1985] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1986] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[1987] Not bonded to each other,

[1988] n21 and n22 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[1989] When there are multiple Rb, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rb

[1990] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1991] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[1992] Not bonded to each other,

[1993] When there are multiple Rc, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rc

[1994] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[1995] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[1996] Not bonded to each other,

[1997] Ra, Rb and Rc which do not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and do not form the above-mentioned condensed ring are each independently

[1998] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[1999] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2000] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2001] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2002] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2003] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2004] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2005] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2006] Halogen atoms,

[2007] cyano,

[2008] Nitro,

[2009] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2010] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2011] The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as the compound obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the above-mentioned "aryl group".

[2012] The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring contains two carbon atoms in the central condensed bicyclic structure of the above general formula (4) as ring-constituting atoms.

[2013] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms" include compounds obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the "aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[2014] The "heterocycle" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as a compound obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the above-mentioned "heterocyclic group".

[2015] The "heterocycle" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring contains two carbon atoms in the central fused bicyclic structure of the above general formula (4) as ring atoms.

[2016] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms" include compounds obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the "heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[2017] Rb is bonded to any carbon atom forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the A1 ring, or any atom forming the heterocyclic ring as the A1 ring.

[2018] Rc is bonded to any carbon atom forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the A2 ring, or any atom forming the heterocyclic ring as the A2 ring.

[2019] Among Ra, Rb and Rc, at least one is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (4a), and at least two are more preferably groups represented by the following general formula (4a).

[2020]

Chemical Formula 201

[2021] *-L 401 -Ar 401 (4a)

[2022] (In the above general formula (4a),

[2023] L 401 for

[2024] single bond,

[2025] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[2026] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[2027] Ar 401 for

[2028] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2029] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[2030] A group represented by the following general formula (4b).

[2031]

Chemical Formula 202

[2032]

[2033] (In the above general formula (4b),

[2034] L 402 and L 403 Each independently

[2035] single bond,

[2036] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or

[2037] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[2038] Ar 402 and Ar 403 The group

[2039] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2040] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2041] Not bonded to each other,

[2042] Ar which does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 402 and Ar 403 Each independently

[2043] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2044] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2045] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (4) is represented by the following general formula (42).

[2046]

Chemical Formula 203

[2047]

[2048] (In the above general formula (42),

[2049] R 401 ~R 411 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[2050] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2051] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2052] Not bonded to each other,

[2053] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 401 ~R 411 Each independently

[2054] hydrogen atoms,

[2055] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2056] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2057] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2058] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2059] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903) shown in the group,

[2060] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2061] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2062] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2063] Halogen atoms,

[2064] cyano,

[2065] Nitro,

[2066] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2067] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2068] R 401 ~R 411 Among them, at least one is preferably a group represented by the above-mentioned general formula (4a), and at least two are more preferably groups represented by the above-mentioned general formula (4a).

[2069] R 404 and R 411 Preferred is a group represented by the above-mentioned general formula (4a).

[2070] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound in which the structure represented by the following general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is bonded to the A1 ring.

[2071] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (42) is 404 ~R 407 A compound in which a structure represented by the following general formula (4-1) or (4-2) is bonded to the bonded ring.

[2072]

Chemical Formula 204

[2073]

[2074] (In the above general formula (4-1), the two * are each independently bonded to a ring-constituting carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-constituting atom of the heterocyclic ring as the A1 ring in the above general formula (4), or to R 404 ~R 407 Any bond in

[2075] The three * in the general formula (4-2) are each independently bonded to a ring-constituting carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-constituting atom of the heterocyclic ring as the A1 ring in the general formula (4), or to R in the general formula (42). 404 ~R 407 Any bond in

[2076] R 421 ~R 427 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[2077] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2078] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2079] Not bonded to each other,

[2080] R 431 ~R 438 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[2081] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2082] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2083] Not bonded to each other,

[2084] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 421 ~R 427 and R 431 ~R 438 Each independently

[2085] hydrogen atoms,

[2086] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2087] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2088] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2089] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2090] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2091] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2092] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2093] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2094] Halogen atoms,

[2095] cyano,

[2096] Nitro,

[2097] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2098] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2099] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound represented by the following general formula (41-3), general formula (41-4) or general formula (41-5).

[2100]

Chemical Formula 205

[2101]

[2102]

Chemical Formula 206

[2103]

[2104]

Chemical Formula 207

[2105]

[2106] (In the above general formula (41-3), formula (41-4) and formula (41-5),

[2107] The A1 ring has the same definition as in the above general formula (4),

[2108] R 421 ~R 427 Each independently of R in the above general formula (4-1) 421 ~R 427 Same meaning, R 440 ~R 448 Each independently of R in the above general formula (42) 401 ~R 411 Same meaning.)

[2109] In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms as the A1 ring of the general formula (41-5) is

[2110] Substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring or

[2111] a substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring.

[2112] In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms as the A1 ring of the general formula (41-5) is

[2113] a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring,

[2114] Substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring or

[2115] a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

[2116] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (4) or the above general formula (42) is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formulas (461) to (467).

[2117]

Chemical Formula 208

[2118]

[2119]

Chemical Formula 209

[2120]

[2121]

Chemical Formula 210

[2122]

[2123]

Chemical Formula 211

[2124]

[2125]

Chemical Formula 212

[2126]

[2127] (In the above general formulas (461), (462), (463), (464), (465), (466) and (467),

[2128] R 421 ~R 427 Each independently of R in the above general formula (4-1) 421 ~R 427 Same meaning,

[2129] R 431 ~R 438 Each independently of R in the above general formula (4-2) 431 ~R 438 Same meaning,

[2130] R 440 ~R 448 and R 451 ~R454 Each independently of R in the above general formula (42) 401 ~R 411 Same meaning,

[2131] X4 is an oxygen atom, NR 801 or C(R 802 )(R 803 ),

[2132] R 801 、R 802 and R 803 Each independently

[2133] hydrogen atoms,

[2134] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2135] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2136] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2137] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2138] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2139] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2140] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[2141] R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same or different from each other,

[2142] R 803 When there are multiple R 803 Same as or different from each other.)

[2143] In one embodiment, in the compound represented by the above general formula (42), R 401 ~R 411 Among the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones, one or more groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring. This embodiment is described in detail as a compound represented by the following general formula (45).

[2144] (Compound represented by general formula (45))

[2145] The compound represented by the general formula (45) will be described.

[2146]

Chemical Formula 213

[2147]

[2148] (In the above general formula (45),

[2149] Choose from R 461 With R 462 The group composed of 462 With R 463 The group composed of 464 With R 465 The group composed of 465 With R 466 The group composed of 466 With R 467 The group composed of 468 With R 469 The group composed of 469 With R 470 The group and R 470 With R 471 Two or more groups in the large group formed by the groups are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[2150] in,

[2151] R 461 With R 462 The group and R 462 With R 463 The groups formed do not simultaneously form a ring;

[2152] R 464 With R 465 The group and R 465 With R 466 The groups formed do not simultaneously form a ring;

[2153] R 465 With R 466 The group and R 466 With R 467 The groups formed do not simultaneously form a ring;

[2154] R 468 With R 469 The group and R 469 With R 470 The groups do not simultaneously form a ring; and

[2155] R 469 With R 470 The group and R 470 With R 471The groups formed do not form a ring at the same time,

[2156] R 461 ~R 471 The two or more rings formed are identical or different from each other,

[2157] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 461 ~R 471 Each independently

[2158] hydrogen atoms,

[2159] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2160] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2161] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2162] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2163] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2164] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2165] -S-(R 905 ) represented by the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2166] Halogen atoms,

[2167] cyano,

[2168] Nitro,

[2169] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2170] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2171] In the above general formula (45), R n With R n+1 (n represents an integer selected from 461, 462, 464 to 466 and 468 to 470) are bonded to each other and R n and R n+1 The two carbon atoms bonded to the ring together form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. The ring is preferably composed of atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms, and the number of atoms in the ring is preferably 3 to 7, more preferably 5 or 6.

[2172] The number of the ring structures in the compound represented by the general formula (45) is, for example, 2, 3, or 4. The two or more ring structures may each be present on the same benzene ring on the parent skeleton of the general formula (45), or may be present on different benzene rings. For example, in the case of three ring structures, one ring structure may be present on each of the three benzene rings of the general formula (45).

[2173] Examples of the ring structure in the compound represented by the general formula (45) include structures represented by the following general formulae (451) to (460).

[2174]

Chemical Formula 214

[2175]

[2176] (In the above general formulas (451) to (457),

[2177] *1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12, and *13 and *14 represent R n and R n+1 The two ring-forming carbon atoms bonded to

[2178] R n The bonded ring carbon atoms may be any one of the two ring carbon atoms represented by *1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12, and *13 and *14.

[2179] X 45 C(R 4512 )(R 4513 ),NR 4514 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2180] R 4501 ~R 4506 and R 4512 ~R 4513 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[2181] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2182] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2183] Not bonded to each other,

[2184] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 4501 ~R 4514 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45)461 ~R 471 Same meaning.)

[2185]

Chemical Formula 215

[2186]

[2187] (In the above general formulas (458) to (460),

[2188] *1 and *2 as well as *3 and *4 represent R n and R n+1 The two ring-forming carbon atoms bonded to

[2189] R n The ring-forming carbon atom to which the bond is attached may be any one of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by *1 and *2 or *3 and *4.

[2190] X 45 C(R 4512 )(R 4513 ),NR 4514 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2191] R 4512 ~R 4513 and R 4515 ~R 4525 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[2192] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2193] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2194] Not bonded to each other,

[2195] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 4512 ~R 4513 、R 4515 ~R 4521 and R 4522 ~R 4525 , and R 4514 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.)

[2196] In the above general formula (45), it is preferred that R 462 、R 464 、R 465 、R 470 and R 471 At least one (preferably R 462 、R 465 and R470 At least one of, more preferably R 462 ) is a group that does not form a ring structure.

[2197] (i) In the above general formula (45), R n With R n+1 When the formed ring structure has a substituent,

[2198] (ii) In the above general formula (45), R which does not form a ring structure 461 ~R 471 as well as

[2199] (iii) R in formulas (451) to (460) 4501 ~R 4514 、R 4515 ~R 4525 Preferably, each independently selected from

[2200] hydrogen atoms,

[2201] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2202] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2203] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2204] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2205] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2206] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2207] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or

[2208] Any group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the following general formulae (461) to (464).

[2209]

Chemical Formula 216

[2210]

[2211] (In the above general formulas (461) to (464),

[2212] R d Each independently

[2213] hydrogen atoms,

[2214] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2215] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2216] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2217] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2218] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2219] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2220] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2221] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2222] Halogen atoms,

[2223] cyano,

[2224] Nitro,

[2225] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2226] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2227] X 46 C(R 801 )(R 802 ),NR 803 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2228] R 801 、R 802 and R 803 Each independently

[2229] hydrogen atoms,

[2230] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2231] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2232] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2233] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2234] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2235] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2236] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[2237] R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same or different from each other,

[2238] R 803 When there are multiple R 803 Same or different from each other,

[2239] p1 is 5,

[2240] p2 is 4,

[2241] p3 is 3,

[2242] p4 is 7,

[2243] In the above general formulae (461) to (464), * each independently represents a bonding position to the ring structure.

[2244] In the third and fourth compounds, R 901 ~R 907 Same definition as above.

[2245] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (45-1) to (45-6).

[2246]

Chemical Formula 217

[2247]

[2248]

Chemical Formula 218

[2249]

[2250] (In the above general formulas (45-1) to (45-6),

[2251] Rings d to i are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[2252] R 461 ~R 471 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.)

[2253] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (45-7) to (45-12).

[2254]

Chemical Formula 219

[2255]

[2256]

Chemical Formula 220

[2257]

[2258] (In the above general formulas (45-7) to (45-12),

[2259] Rings d to f, k, and j are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring.

[2260] R 461 ~R 471 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.)

[2261] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (45-13) to (45-21).

[2262]

Chemical Formula 221

[2263]

[2264]

Chemical Formula 222

[2265]

[2266]

Chemical Formula 223

[2267]

[2268] (In the above general formulas (45-13) to (45-21),

[2269] Rings d to k are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring,

[2270] R 461 ~R 471 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.)

[2271] When the ring g or the ring h further has a substituent, examples of the substituent include:

[2272] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2273] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2274] The group represented by the above general formula (461),

[2275] The group represented by the above general formula (463) or

[2276] The group represented by the above-mentioned general formula (464).

[2277] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (45) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (45-22) to (45-25).

[2278]

Chemical Formula 224

[2279]

[2280] (In the above general formulas (45-22) to (45-25),

[2281] X 46 and X 47 Each independently is C(R 801 )(R 802 ),NR 803 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2282] R 461 ~R 471 and R 481 ~R 488 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.

[2283] R 801 、R 802 and R 803 Each independently

[2284] hydrogen atoms,

[2285] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2286] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2287] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2288] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2289] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2290] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2291] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[2292] R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same or different from each other,

[2293] R 803 When there are multiple R 803 Same as or different from each other.)

[2294] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the above general formula (45) is represented by the following general formula (45-26).

[2295]

Chemical Formula 225

[2296]

[2297] (In the above general formula (45-26),

[2298] X 46 C(R 801 )(R 802 ),NR 803 , oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[2299] R 463 、R 464 、R 467 、R 468 、R 471 and R 481 ~R 492 Each independently of R in the above general formula (45) 461 ~R 471 Same meaning.

[2300] R 801 、R 802 and R 803 Each independently

[2301] hydrogen atoms,

[2302] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2303] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2304] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2305] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2306] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2307] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2308] R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other,

[2309] R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same or different from each other,

[2310] R 803 When there are multiple R 803 Same as or different from each other.)

[2311] (Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (4))

[2312] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (4) include the following compounds: In the following specific examples, Ph represents a phenyl group, and D represents a deuterium atom.

[2313]

Chemical Formula 226

[2314]

[2315]

Chemical Formula 227

[2316]

[2317]

Chemical Formula 228

[2318]

[2319]

Chemical Formula 229

[2320]

[2321]

Chemical Formula 230

[2322]

[2323]

Chemical Formula 231

[2324]

[2325]

Chemical Formula 232

[2326]

[2327]

Chemical Formula 233

[2328]

[2329]

Chemical Formula 234

[2330]

[2331]

Chemical Formula 235

[2332]

[2333] (Compound represented by general formula (5))

[2334] The compound represented by the general formula (5) is described below. The compound represented by the general formula (5) corresponds to the compound represented by the general formula (41-3) described above.

[2335]

Chemical Formula 236

[2336]

[2337] (In the above general formula (5),

[2338] R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[2339] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2340] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2341] Not bonded to each other,

[2342] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 Each independently

[2343] hydrogen atoms,

[2344] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2345] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2346] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2347] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2348] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903) shown in the group,

[2349] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2350] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2351] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2352] Halogen atoms,

[2353] cyano,

[2354] Nitro,

[2355] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2356] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2357] R 521 and R 522 Each independently

[2358] hydrogen atoms,

[2359] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2360] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2361] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2362] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2363] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2364] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2365] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2366] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2367] Halogen atoms,

[2368] cyano,

[2369] Nitro,

[2370] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2371] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2372] “R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 One of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones is, for example, R 501 With R 502 The group composed of 502 With R 503 The group composed of 503 With R 504 The group composed of 505 With R 506 The group composed of 506 With R 507 The group composed of 501 With R 502 With R 503 The groups formed are combined.

[2373] In one embodiment, R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 At least one, preferably two, of the 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group.

[2374] In one embodiment, R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 Each independently

[2375] hydrogen atoms,

[2376] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2377] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2378] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (5) is a compound represented by the following general formula (52).

[2379]

Chemical Formula 237

[2380]

[2381] (In the above general formula (52),

[2382] R 531 ~R534 and R 541 ~R 544 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[2383] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2384] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2385] Not bonded to each other,

[2386] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 531 ~R 534 、R 541 ~R 544 , and R 551 and R 552 Each independently

[2387] hydrogen atoms,

[2388] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2389] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2390] R 561 ~R 564 Each independently

[2391] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2392] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2393] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (5) is a compound represented by the following general formula (53).

[2394]

Chemical Formula 238

[2395]

[2396] (In the above general formula (53), R 551 、R 552 and R 561 ~R 564 Each independently of R in the above general formula (52) 551 、R 552 and R 561 ~R 564 Same meaning.)

[2397] In one embodiment, R in the above general formula (52) and general formula (53) 561 ~R 564Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group).

[2398] In one embodiment, R in the above general formula (5) 521 and R 522 , R in the above general formula (52) and general formula (53) 551 and R 552 A hydrogen atom.

[2399] In one embodiment, the substituents in the above formulae (5), (52) and (53) when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" are

[2400] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2401] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2402] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2403] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2404] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2405] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2406] (Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (5))

[2407] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (5) include the following compounds.

[2408]

Chemical Formula 239

[2409]

[2410]

Chemical Formula 240

[2411]

[2412]

Chemical Formula 241

[2413]

[2414]

Chemical Formula 242

[2415]

[2416]

Chemical Formula 243

[2417]

[2418]

Chemical Formula 244

[2419]

[2420]

Chemical Formula 245

[2421]

[2422]

Chemical Formula 246

[2423]

[2424]

Chemical Formula 247

[2425]

[2426]

Chemical Formula 248

[2427]

[2428]

Chemical Formula 249

[2429]

[2430]

Chemical Formula 250

[2431]

[2432]

Chemical Formula 251

[2433]

[2434]

Chemical Formula 252

[2435]

[2436]

Chemical Formula 253

[2437]

[2438]

Chemical Formula 254

[2439]

[2440] (Compound represented by general formula (6))

[2441] The compound represented by the general formula (6) will be described.

[2442]

Chemical Formula 255

[2443]

[2444] (In the above general formula (6),

[2445] Ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently

[2446] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2447] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2448] R 601 and R 602 Each independently bonds to the above-mentioned a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2449] R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring 601 and R 602 Each independently

[2450] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2451] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2452] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2453] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2454] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2455] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2456] Ring a, ring b and ring c are rings fused to the central fused bicyclic structure of the above general formula (6) composed of a boron atom and two nitrogen atoms (a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms).

[2457] The "aromatic hydrocarbon rings" of ring a, ring b, and ring c have the same structure as the compound obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the above-mentioned "aryl group".

[2458] The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of ring a contains three carbon atoms in the central fused bicyclic structure of the above general formula (6) as ring-constituting atoms.

[2459] The "aromatic hydrocarbon ring" of the b ring and the c ring contains two carbon atoms in the central condensed bicyclic structure of the above general formula (6) as ring-constituting atoms.

[2460] Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms" include compounds obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the "aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.

[2461] The "heterocycles" of ring a, ring b, and ring c have the same structure as the compound obtained by introducing a hydrogen atom into the above-mentioned "heterocyclic group".

[2462] The "heterocycle" of ring a contains three carbon atoms in the central fused bicyclic structure of the general formula (6) as ring atoms. The "heterocycle" of ring b and ring c contains two carbon atoms in the central fused bicyclic structure of the general formula (6) as ring atoms. Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms" include compounds in which a hydrogen atom is introduced into the "heterocyclic group" described in Specific Example Group G2.

[2463] R 601 and R 602 Each independently can be bonded to ring a, ring b or ring c to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. In this case, the heterocyclic ring includes the nitrogen atom on the fused two-ring structure at the center of the general formula (6). In this case, the heterocyclic ring may also contain heteroatoms other than nitrogen atoms. R 601 and R 602 Specifically, the atoms constituting the a ring, the b ring or the c ring are bonded to the atoms constituting the R 601 and R 602 For example, it can also be R 601 It is bonded to the a ring to form a fused ring containing R 601 A nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring fused with two (or more) nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings of the ring a. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group fused with two or more nitrogen rings in Specific Example Group G2.

[2464] R 601 When bonded to the b ring, R 602 When bonded to the a ring and R 602 The bonding to the C ring is the same as above.

[2465] In one embodiment, the ring a, ring b, and ring c in the general formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2466] In one embodiment, the ring a, ring b and ring c in the general formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or a naphthalene ring.

[2467] In one embodiment, R in the above general formula (6) 601 and R 602 Each independently

[2468] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2469] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2470] It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2471] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (6) is a compound represented by the following general formula (62).

[2472]

Chemical Formula 256

[2473]

[2474] (In the above general formula (62),

[2475] R 601A and selected from R 611 and R 621 One or more of them are bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or no substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring is formed,

[2476] R 602A and selected from R 613 and R 614 One or more of them are bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or no substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring is formed,

[2477] R which does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring 601A and R 602A Each independently

[2478] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2479] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2480] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2481] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2482] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2483] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2484] R 611 ~R 621 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[2485] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2486] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2487] Not bonded to each other,

[2488] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring, and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 611 ~R 621 Each independently

[2489] hydrogen atoms,

[2490] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2491] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2492] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2493] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2494] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2495] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2496] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2497] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2498] Halogen atoms,

[2499] cyano,

[2500] Nitro,

[2501] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2502] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2503] R in the above general formula (62) 601A and R 602A are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (6) 601 and R 602 The corresponding group.

[2504] For example, it can also be R 601A With R 611 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is bonded to form a 2-ring condensed (or 3-ring condensed or more) nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring containing the ring and the benzene ring corresponding to the a ring. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to the 2-ring condensed or more heterocyclic groups containing nitrogen in the specific example group G2. 601A With R621 Bonding situation, R 602A With R 613 Bonding conditions and R 602A With R 614 The bonding situation is the same as above.

[2505] R 611 ~R 621 One or more of the groups of two or more adjacent ones can be

[2506] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2507] They are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.

[2508] For example, you can R 611 With R 612 They are bonded to form a structure in which a benzene ring, indole ring, pyrrole ring, benzofuran ring or benzothiophene ring is condensed with the six-membered ring to which they are bonded, and the formed condensed ring becomes a naphthalene ring, a carbazole ring, an indole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.

[2509] In one embodiment, R not involved in ring formation 611 ~R 621 Each independently

[2510] hydrogen atoms,

[2511] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2512] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2513] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2514] In one embodiment, R not involved in ring formation 611 ~R 621 Each independently

[2515] hydrogen atoms,

[2516] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2517] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2518] In one embodiment, R not involved in ring formation 611 ~R 621 Each independently

[2519] Hydrogen atoms or

[2520] A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2521] In one embodiment, R not involved in ring formation 611 ~R 621 Each independently

[2522] Hydrogen atoms or

[2523] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2524] R 611 ~R 621 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2525] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (62) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63).

[2526]

Chemical Formula 257

[2527]

[2528] (In the above general formula (63),

[2529] R 631 With R 646 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or not to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2530] R 633 With R 647 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or not to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2531] R 634 With R 651 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or not to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2532] R 641 With R 642 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or not to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,

[2533] R 631 ~R 651 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[2534] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2535] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2536] Not bonded to each other,

[2537] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring, and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring631 ~R 651 Each independently

[2538] hydrogen atoms,

[2539] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2540] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2541] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2542] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2543] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2544] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2545] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2546] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2547] Halogen atoms,

[2548] cyano,

[2549] Nitro,

[2550] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2551] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2552] R 631 Can be used with R 646 bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. 631 With R 646 Bonded to form a fused R 646 The benzene ring to which the ring is bonded, the ring containing N and the benzene ring corresponding to the a ring are fused with three or more nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to the heterocyclic group containing three or more nitrogen-containing rings fused in the specific example group G2. 633 With R 647 Bonding situation, R 634 With R 651 Bonding conditions and R 641 With R 642 The bonding situation is the same as above.

[2553] In one embodiment, R not involved in ring formation 631 ~R 651 Each independently

[2554] hydrogen atoms,

[2555] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2556] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2557] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2558] In one embodiment, R not involved in ring formation 631 ~R 651 Each independently

[2559] hydrogen atoms,

[2560] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2561] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2562] In one embodiment, R not involved in ring formation 631 ~R 651 Each independently

[2563] Hydrogen atoms or

[2564] A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2565] In one embodiment, R not involved in ring formation 631 ~R 651 Each independently

[2566] Hydrogen atoms or

[2567] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2568] R 631 ~R 651 At least one of them is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2569] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63A).

[2570]

Chemical Formula 258

[2571]

[2572] (In the above general formula (63A),

[2573] R 661 for

[2574] hydrogen atoms,

[2575] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2576] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2577] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2578] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2579] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2580] R 662 ~R 665 Each independently

[2581] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2582] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2583] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2584] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2585] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2586] In one embodiment, R 661 ~R 665 Each independently

[2587] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2588] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2589] In one embodiment, R 661 ~R 665 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[2590] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63B).

[2591]

Chemical Formula 259

[2592]

[2593] (In the above general formula (63B),

[2594] R 671 and R 672 Each independently

[2595] hydrogen atoms,

[2596] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2597] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2598] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2599] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2600] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2601] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2602] R 673 ~R 675 Each independently

[2603] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2604] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2605] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2606] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2607] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2608] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2609] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63B').

[2610]

Chemical Formula 260

[2611]

[2612] (In the above general formula (63B'), R 672 ~R 675 Each independently of R in the above general formula (63B) 672 ~R 675 Same meaning.)

[2613] In one embodiment, R 671 ~R 675 At least one of

[2614] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2615] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2616] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2617] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2618] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2619] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2620] In one embodiment,

[2621] R 672 for

[2622] hydrogen atoms,

[2623] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2624] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2625] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2626] R 671 and R 673 ~R 675 Each independently

[2627] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2628] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) or

[2629] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2630] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63C).

[2631]

Chemical Formula 261

[2632]

[2633] (In the above general formula (63C),

[2634] R 681 and R 682 Each independently

[2635] hydrogen atoms,

[2636] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2637] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2638] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2639] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2640] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2641] R 683 ~R 686 Each independently

[2642] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2643] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2644] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2645] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2646] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2647] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (63) is a compound represented by the following general formula (63C′).

[2648]

Chemical Formula 262

[2649]

[2650] (In the above general formula (63C'), R 683 ~R 686 Each independently of R in the above general formula (63C) 683 ~R 686 Same meaning.)

[2651] In one embodiment, R 681 ~R 686 Each independently

[2652] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or

[2653] A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2654] In one embodiment, R 681 ~R 686 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2655] For the compound represented by the general formula (6), the rings a, b and c can be connected by a connecting group (containing NR 601 Groups and groups containing NR 602 The intermediate is produced by bonding with a group (containing a boron atom) to produce a first intermediate (first reaction), and then the a, b, and c rings are bonded using a linking group (a group containing a boron atom) to produce the final product (second reaction). An amination reaction such as the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction can be used in the first reaction. A tandem hetero Friedel-Crafts reaction can be used in the second reaction.

[2656] (Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (6))

[2657] Although specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (6) are described below, these are merely examples, and the compound represented by the general formula (6) is not limited to the following specific examples.

[2658]

Chemical Formula 263

[2659]

[2660]

Chemical Formula 264

[2661]

[2662]

Chemical Formula 265

[2663]

[2664]

Chemical Formula 266

[2665]

[2666]

Chemical Formula 267

[2667]

[2668]

Chemical Formula 268

[2669]

[2670]

Chemical Formula 269

[2671]

[2672]

Chemical Formula 270

[2673]

[2674]

Chemical Formula 271

[2675]

[2676]

Chemical Formula 272

[2677]

[2678]

Chemical Formula 273

[2679]

[2680]

Chemical Formula 274

[2681]

[2682] (Compound represented by general formula (7))

[2683] The compound represented by the general formula (7) will be described.

[2684]

Chemical Formula 275

[2685]

[2686]

Chemical Formula 276

[2687]

[2688] (In the above general formula (7),

[2689] The r ring is a ring represented by the above general formula (72) or (73) fused at any position of the adjacent ring,

[2690] The q ring and the s ring are each independently a ring represented by the above general formula (74) fused at any position of the adjacent rings,

[2691] The p ring and the t ring are each independently a structure represented by the above general formula (75) or general formula (76) fused at any position of the adjacent rings,

[2692] X7 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NR 702 .

[2693] R 701 When there are multiple adjacent R 701 for

[2694] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2695] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2696] Not bonded to each other,

[2697] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 701 and R 702 Each independently

[2698] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2699] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2700] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2701] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2702] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2703] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2704] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2705] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2706] Halogen atoms,

[2707] cyano,

[2708] Nitro,

[2709] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2710] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2711] Ar 701 and Ar 702 Each independently

[2712] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2713] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2714] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2715] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2716] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2717] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2718] L 701 for

[2719] a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2720] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2721] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2722] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2723] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2724] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2725] m1 is 0, 1, or 2,

[2726] m2 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,

[2727] m3 are each independently 0, 1, 2 or 3,

[2728] m4 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5,

[2729] R 701 When there are multiple R 701 Same or different from each other,

[2730] When there are multiple X7, the multiple X7 are the same or different from each other.

[2731] R 702 When there are multiple R 702 Same or different from each other,

[2732] Ar 701 When there are multiple Ar 701 Same or different from each other,

[2733] Ar 702 When there are multiple Ar 702 Same or different from each other,

[2734] L 701 When there are multiple L701 Same as or different from each other.)

[2735] In the general formula (7), each of the rings p, q, r, s, and t is fused to the adjacent ring so as to share two carbon atoms. The position and direction of fusion are not limited and fusion can be performed at any position and direction.

[2736] In one embodiment, in the above general formula (72) or general formula (73) as the r ring, m1=0 or m2=0.

[2737] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (71-1) to (71-6).

[2738]

Chemical Formula 277

[2739]

[2740]

Chemical Formula 278

[2741]

[2742]

Chemical Formula 279

[2743]

[2744]

Chemical Formula 280

[2745]

[2746]

Chemical Formula 281

[2747]

[2748]

Chemical Formula 282

[2749]

[2750] (In the above general formulas (71-1) to (71-6), R 701 、X7、Ar 701 、Ar 702 、L 701 , m1 and m3 are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (7) 701 、X7、Ar 701 、Ar 702 、L 701 , m1 and m3 have the same meaning.)

[2751] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (71-11) to (71-13).

[2752]

Chemical Formula 283

[2753]

[2754]

Chemical Formula 284

[2755]

[2756]

Chemical Formula 285

[2757]

[2758] (In the above general formulas (71-11) to (71-13), R 701 、X7、Ar 701 、Ar 702 、L 701 , m1, m3 and m4 are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (7) 701 、X7、Ar 701 、Ar 702 、L 701 , m1, m3 and m4 have the same meaning.)

[2759] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (71-21) to (71-25).

[2760]

Chemical Formula 286

[2761]

[2762]

Chemical Formula 287

[2763]

[2764]

Chemical Formula 288

[2765]

[2766]

Chemical Formula 289

[2767]

[2768]

Chemical Formula 290

[2769]

[2770] (In the above general formulas (71-21) to (71-25), R 701 、X7、Ar 701 、Ar 702 、L 701 , m1 and m4 are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (7)701 、X7、Ar 701 、Ar 702 、L 701 , m1 and m4 have the same meaning.)

[2771] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (7) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (71-31) to (71-33).

[2772]

Chemical Formula 291

[2773]

[2774]

Chemical Formula 292

[2775]

[2776]

Chemical Formula 293

[2777]

[2778] (In the above general formulas (71-31) to (71-33), R 701 、X7、Ar 701 、Ar 702 、L 701 , m2~m4 are respectively the same as R in the above general formula (7) 701 、X7、Ar 701 、Ar 702 、L 701 、m2~m4 have the same meaning.)

[2779] In one embodiment, Ar 701 and Ar 702 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2780] In one embodiment, Ar 701 and Ar 702 One of them is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, Ar 701 and Ar 702 The other one of the groups is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2781] (Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (7))

[2782] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (7) include the following compounds.

[2783]

Chemical Formula 294

[2784]

[2785]

Chemical Formula 295

[2786]

[2787]

Chemical Formula 296

[2788]

[2789]

Chemical Formula 297

[2790]

[2791]

Chemical Formula 298

[2792]

[2793]

Chemical Formula 299

[2794]

[2795] (Compound represented by general formula (8))

[2796] The compound represented by the general formula (8) will be described.

[2797] Chemical Formula 300

[2798]

[2799] (In the above general formula (8),

[2800] R 801 With R 802 、R 802 With R 803 and R 803 With R 804 At least one group of them is bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (82),

[2801] R 805 With R 806 、R 806 With R 807 and R 807 With R 808 At least one group of them is bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (83).

[2802]

Chemical Formula 301

[2803]

[2804] (R does not form a divalent group represented by the above general formula (82) 801 ~R 804 and R811 ~R 814 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84),

[2805] R does not form a divalent group represented by the above general formula (83) 805 ~R 808 and R 821 ~R 824 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84),

[2806] X8 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NR 809 ,

[2807] R does not form a divalent group represented by the above general formula (82) and the general formula (83) and is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 801 ~R 808 , R is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 811 ~R 814 and R 821 ~R 824 , and R 809 Each independently

[2808] hydrogen atoms,

[2809] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2810] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2811] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2812] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2813] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2814] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2815] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2816] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2817] Halogen atoms,

[2818] cyano,

[2819] Nitro,

[2820] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2821] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2822]

Chemical Formula 302

[2823]

[2824] (In the above general formula (84),

[2825] Ar 801 and Ar 802 Each independently

[2826] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2827] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2828] L 801 ~L 803 Each independently

[2829] single bond,

[2830] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,

[2831] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or

[2832] a divalent linking group formed by bonding 2 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[2833] * in the above general formula (84) represents the bonding position to the ring structure represented by the above general formula (8), the group represented by the general formula (82) or the general formula (83).

[2834] In the general formula (8), the positions of the divalent groups represented by the general formula (82) and the divalent groups represented by the general formula (83) are not particularly limited, and can be 801 ~R 808 The possible positions of the group are formed.

[2835] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (8) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (81-1) to (81-6).

[2836]

Chemical Formula 303

[2837]

[2838]

Chemical Formula 304

[2839]

[2840]

Chemical Formula 305

[2841]

[2842] (In the above general formulas (81-1) to (81-6),

[2843] X8 has the same meaning as X8 in the above general formula (8),

[2844] R 801 ~R 824 At least two of them are monovalent groups represented by the above general formula (84),

[2845] R is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 801 ~R 824 Each independently

[2846] hydrogen atoms,

[2847] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2848] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2849] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2850] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2851] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2852] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2853] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2854] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2855] Halogen atoms,

[2856] cyano,

[2857] Nitro,

[2858] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2859] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2860] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (8) is represented by any one of the following general formulas (81-7) to (81-18).

[2861]

Chemical Formula 306

[2862]

[2863]

Chemical Formula 307

[2864]

[2865]

Chemical Formula 308

[2866]

[2867]

Chemical Formula 309

[2868]

[2869]

Chemical Formula 310

[2870]

[2871]

Chemical Formula 311

[2872]

[2873] (In the above general formulas (81-7) to (81-18),

[2874] X8 has the same meaning as X8 in the above general formula (8),

[2875] * is a single bond bonded to the monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84),

[2876] R 801 ~R 824 Each independently of the R of the above general formulae (81-1) to (81-6) which is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 801 ~R 824 Same meaning.)

[2877] R does not form a divalent group represented by the above general formula (82) and the general formula (83) and is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 801 ~R 808 , and R which is not a monovalent group represented by the above general formula (84) 811 ~R 814 and R 821 ~R 824 Preferably, each independently

[2878] hydrogen atoms,

[2879] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2880] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2881] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2882] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2883] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2884] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2885] The monovalent group represented by the above-mentioned general formula (84) is preferably represented by the following general formula (85) or (86).

[2886]

Chemical Formula 312

[2887]

[2888] (In the above general formula (85),

[2889] R 831 ~R 840 Each independently

[2890] hydrogen atoms,

[2891] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2892] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2893] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2894] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2895] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2896] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2897] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2898] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2899] Halogen atoms,

[2900] cyano,

[2901] Nitro,

[2902] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2903] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2904] The * in the above general formula (85) has the same meaning as that in the above general formula (84).

[2905]

Chemical Formula 313

[2906]

[2907] (In the above general formula (86),

[2908] Ar 801 、L 801 and L 803 and Ar in the above general formula (84) 801 、L 801 and L 803 Same meaning,

[2909] HAr 801 It is a structure represented by the following general formula (87).

[2910]

Chemical Formula 314

[2911]

[2912] (In the above general formula (87),

[2913] X 81 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom,

[2914] R 841 ~R 848 Any one of them is L 803 Bonded single bonds,

[2915] R is not a single bond 841 ~R 848 Each independently

[2916] hydrogen atoms,

[2917] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2918] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2919] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2920] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2921] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2922] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2923] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2924] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2925] Halogen atoms,

[2926] cyano,

[2927] Nitro,

[2928] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2929] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2930] (Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (8))

[2931] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (8) include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2014 / 104144 and the compounds shown below.

[2932]

Chemical Formula 315

[2933]

[2934]

Chemical Formula 316

[2935]

[2936]

Chemical Formula 317

[2937]

[2938]

Chemical Formula 318

[2939]

[2940]

Chemical Formula 319

[2941]

[2942]

Chemical Formula 320

[2943]

[2944] (Compound represented by general formula (9))

[2945] The compound represented by the general formula (9) will be described.

[2946]

Chemical Formula 321

[2947]

[2948] (In the above general formula (9),

[2949] A 91 Ring and A 92 The rings are independently

[2950] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2951] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2952] Selected from A 91 Ring and A 92 One or more rings in the ring are bonded to * of the structure represented by the following general formula (92).

[2953]

Chemical Formula 322

[2954]

[2955] (In the above general formula (92),

[2956] A 93 Ring

[2957] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2958] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2959] X9 for NR 93 、C(R 94 )(R 95 )、Si(R 96 )(R 97 )、Ge(R 98 )(R 99 ), oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms or selenium atoms,

[2960] R 91 and R 92 for

[2961] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[2962] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[2963] Not bonded to each other,

[2964] R does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 91 and R 92 , and R 93 ~R 99 Each independently

[2965] hydrogen atoms,

[2966] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2967] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2968] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[2969] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[2970] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[2971] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[2972] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[2973] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[2974] Halogen atoms,

[2975] cyano,

[2976] Nitro,

[2977] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2978] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2979] Selected from A 91 Ring and A 92 One or more rings in the ring are bonded to * of the structure represented by the above general formula (92). That is, in one embodiment, A 91 The ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the ring-forming atom of the heterocyclic ring is bonded to * of the structure represented by the general formula (92). In one embodiment, A 92A carbon atom constituting the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring atom constituting the heterocyclic ring is bonded to * in the structure represented by the general formula (92).

[2980] In one embodiment, the group represented by the following general formula (93) is bonded to A 91 Ring and A 92 One or both of the rings.

[2981]

Chemical Formula 323

[2982]

[2983] (In the above general formula (93),

[2984] Ar 91 and Ar 92 Each independently

[2985] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[2986] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[2987] L 91 ~L 93 Each independently

[2988] single bond,

[2989] a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,

[2990] a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or

[2991] a divalent linking group formed by bonding 2 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms,

[2992] In the above general formula (93), * represents 91 Ring and A 92 Bonding position of any one of the rings.)

[2993] In one embodiment, in addition to A 91 In addition to the ring, there is A 92 The ring carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the ring atom of the heterocyclic ring is bonded to * of the structure represented by the general formula (92). In this case, the structures represented by the general formula (92) may be the same as or different from each other.

[2994] In one embodiment, R 91 and R 92 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[2995] In one embodiment, R 91 and R 92 They bond with each other to form a fluorene structure.

[2996] In one embodiment, Ring A 91 and Ring A 92 Each independently represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.

[2997] In one embodiment, Ring A 93 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.

[2998] In one embodiment, X9 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

[2999] (Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (9))

[3000] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (9) include the following compounds.

[3001]

Chemical Formula 324

[3002]

[3003]

Chemical Formula 325

[3004]

[3005]

Chemical Formula 326

[3006]

[3007]

Chemical Formula 327

[3008]

[3009] (Compound represented by general formula (10))

[3010] The compound represented by the general formula (10) will be described.

[3011]

Chemical Formula 328

[3012]

[3013]

Chemical Formula 329

[3014]

[3015] (In the above general formula (10),

[3016] The Ax1 ring is a ring represented by the above general formula (10a) fused at any position of the adjacent ring,

[3017] The Ax2 ring is a ring represented by the above general formula (10b) fused at any position of the adjacent ring,

[3018] The two * in the above general formula (10b) are bonded to any position of the Ax3 ring,

[3019] X A and X B Each independently is C(R 1003 )(R 1004 )、Si(R 1005 )(R 1006 ), oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms,

[3020] Ax3 ring is

[3021] a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[3022] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[3023] Ar 1001 for

[3024] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[3025] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[3026] R 1001 ~R 1006 Each independently

[3027] hydrogen atoms,

[3028] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[3029] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[3030] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[3031] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[3032] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[3033] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[3034] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[3035] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[3036] Halogen atoms,

[3037] cyano,

[3038] Nitro,

[3039] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[3040] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[3041] mx1 is 3, mx2 is 2,

[3042] Multiple R 1001 Same or different from each other,

[3043] Multiple R 1002 Same or different from each other,

[3044] ax is 0, 1, or 2,

[3045] When ax is 0 or 1, the structures in the brackets shown by "3-ax" are the same or different from each other.

[3046] When ax is 2, multiple Ar 1001 Same as or different from each other.)

[3047] In one embodiment, Ar 1001 It is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[3048] In one embodiment, the Ax3 ring is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted anthracene ring.

[3049] In one embodiment, R 1003 and R 1004 Each is independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[3050] In one embodiment, ax is 1.

[3051] (Specific examples of compounds represented by general formula (10))

[3052] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (10) include the following compounds.

[3053]

Chemical Formula 330

[3054]

[3055] In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer contains, as at least one of the third compound and the fourth compound, a compound selected from the group consisting of

[3056] The compound represented by the above general formula (4),

[3057] The compound represented by the above general formula (5),

[3058] The compound represented by the above general formula (7),

[3059] The compound represented by the above general formula (8),

[3060] The compound represented by the above general formula (9) and

[3061] One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following general formula (63a).

[3062]

Chemical Formula 331

[3063]

[3064] (In the above general formula (63a),

[3065] R 631 With R 646 They may be bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or may not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.

[3066] R 633 With R 647 They may be bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or may not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.

[3067] R 634 With R 651 They may be bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or may not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.

[3068] R 641 With R 642 They may be bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or may not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.

[3069] R 631 ~R 651 One or more groups of two or more adjacent

[3070] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or

[3071] bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or

[3072] Not bonded to each other,

[3073] R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, does not form the above-mentioned monocyclic ring, and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring 631 ~R 651 Each independently

[3074] hydrogen atoms,

[3075] Halogen atoms,

[3076] cyano,

[3077] Nitro,

[3078] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[3079] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[3080] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[3081] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[3082] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[3083] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[3084] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[3085] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[3086] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[3087] a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms,

[3088] It should be noted that R does not form the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, does not form the above-mentioned monocycle, and does not form the above-mentioned condensed ring. 631 ~R 651 At least one of

[3089] Halogen atoms,

[3090] cyano,

[3091] Nitro,

[3092] a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,

[3093] a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[3094] a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,

[3095] a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,

[3096] -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group,

[3097] -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group,

[3098] -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group,

[3099] -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group,

[3100] Halogen atoms,

[3101] cyano,

[3102] Nitro,

[3103] a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or

[3104] A substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[3105] In one embodiment, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound represented by the general formula (41-3), the general formula (41-4) or the general formula (41-5), and the A1 ring in the general formula (41-5) is a substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring with 10 to 50 ring carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted fused heterocycle with 8 to 50 ring atoms.

[3106] In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 10 to 50 ring carbon atoms in the general formula (41-3), the general formula (41-4) and the general formula (41-5) is

[3107] a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring,

[3108] Substituted or unsubstituted anthracene ring or

[3109] a substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring,

[3110] The substituted or unsubstituted fused heterocyclic ring having 8 to 50 ring atoms is

[3111] a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring,

[3112] Substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring or

[3113] a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

[3114] In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 10 to 50 ring carbon atoms in the gene...

Claims

1. An organic electroluminescent element, comprising an anode, a cathode, a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer, The first light-emitting layer is included between the anode and the cathode, The second light-emitting layer is included between the first light-emitting layer and the cathode, The first light-emitting layer comprises a first host material and a first dopant material, The second light-emitting layer comprises a second host material and a second dopant material, The first host material and the second host material are different from each other, The first dopant material is a compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, The second dopant material is a compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, The compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first emitting layer and the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second emitting layer are the same as or different from each other, The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1): The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(D1) of the first dopant material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 2A), or the triplet energy T1(D2) of the second dopant material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 3), or satisfy both the following mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 2A) and the mathematical formula (Mathematical formula 3), T1(H1)>T1(H2) … (Formula 1) T1(D1)>T1(H1) …(Mathematical formula 2A) T1(D2)>T1(H2) ...(Mathematical formula 3).

2. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein The singlet energy S1(H1) of the first host material and the singlet energy S1(D1) of the first dopant material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 2): S1(H1)>S1(D1) ...(Mathematical formula 2).

3. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(D1) of the first dopant material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 2A): T1(D1)>T1(H1) ...(Mathematical formula 2A).

4. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1 (D1) of the first dopant material satisfies the following relationship (Formula 10A): 2.6 eV>T1(D1)>T1(H1)>T1(H2) …(Mathematical formula 10A).

5. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(D1) of the first dopant material satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 11A): 0eV<T1(D1)-T1(H1)<0.6eV ...(Mathematical formula 11A).

6. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first dopant material is a compound that does not contain an azine ring structure in its molecule.

7. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein: The first dopant material is not a boron-containing complex.

8. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first dopant material is not a complex.

9. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer exceeds 1.1% by mass.

10. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer is 1.2 mass % or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

11. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer is 1.5 mass % or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

12. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer is 10% by mass or less of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

13. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein: A content of the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer is 7% by mass or less of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

14. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first dopant material in the first light-emitting layer is 5% by mass or less of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

15. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first compound as the first host material in the first light-emitting layer is 60 mass % or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

16. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first compound as the first host material in the first light-emitting layer is 70 mass % or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

17. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first compound as the first host material in the first light-emitting layer is 80 mass % or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

18. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first compound as the first host material in the first light-emitting layer is 90 mass % or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

19. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the first compound as the first host material in the first light-emitting layer is 95% by mass or more of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

20. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein A content of the first compound serving as the first host material in the first light-emitting layer is 99 mass % or less of the total mass of the first light-emitting layer.

21. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The half-value width of the main peak of the second dopant material is greater than or equal to 1 nm and less than or equal to 20 nm.

22. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second dopant material has a Stokes shift exceeding 7 nm.

23. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(D2) of the second dopant material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 3): T1(D2)>T1(H2) ...(Mathematical formula 3).

24. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The singlet energy S1(H2) of the second host material and the singlet energy S1(D2) of the second dopant material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 4): S1(H2)>S1(D2) ...(Mathematical formula 4).

25. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(D2) of the second dopant material satisfies the following relationship (Formula 10B): 2.6 eV>T1(D2)>T1(H1)>T1(H2) …(Mathematical formula 10B).

26. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(D2) of the second dopant material satisfies the following relationship (Formula 11B): 0eV<T1(D2)-T1(H2)<0.8eV ...(Mathematical formula 11B).

27. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second dopant material is a compound that does not contain an azine ring structure in its molecule.

28. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second dopant material is not a boron-containing complex.

29. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second dopant material is not a complex.

30. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer exceeds 1.1% by mass.

31. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer is 1.2 mass % or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

32. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer is 1.5 mass % or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

33. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer is 10 mass % or less of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

34. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer is 7% by mass or less of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

35. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second dopant material in the second light-emitting layer is 5% by mass or less of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

36. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second compound as the second host material in the second light-emitting layer is 60 mass % or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

37. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second compound as the second host material in the second light-emitting layer is 70 mass % or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

38. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second compound as the second host material in the second light-emitting layer is 80 mass % or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

39. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second compound as the second host material in the second light-emitting layer is 90 mass % or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

40. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second compound as the second host material in the second light-emitting layer is 95% by mass or more of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

41. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The content of the second host material in the second light-emitting layer is 99 mass % or less of the total mass of the second light-emitting layer.

42. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein A hole transport layer is included between the anode and the first light-emitting layer.

43. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein An electron transport layer is included between the second light-emitting layer and the cathode.

44. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 5): T1(H1)-T1(H2)>0.03eV (Formula 5).

45. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The electron mobility μH1 of the first host material and the electron mobility μH2 of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 6): μH2>μH1…(Mathematical formula 6).

46. ​​The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 45, wherein Electron mobility is measured using impedance spectroscopy using the following method: a layer to be measured having a thickness of 100 nm to 200 nm is clamped between an anode and a cathode, a small AC voltage of 100 mV or less is applied while a bias DC voltage is applied, and the absolute value and phase of the AC current flowing at this time are measured. This measurement is performed while changing the frequency of the AC voltage, and the complex impedance Z is calculated from the current and voltage values. At this time, the frequency dependence of the imaginary part ImM of the modulus M=iωZ is determined, where i is the imaginary unit and ω is the angular frequency. The reciprocal of the frequency ω at which ImM reaches a maximum value is defined as the response time of electrons conducted in the layer to be measured. Then, the electron mobility is calculated using the following formula: Electron mobility = (thickness of the layer to be measured) 2 / (response time·voltage).

47. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first light-emitting layer emits light having a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

48. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second light-emitting layer emits light having a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

49. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The organic electroluminescent element emits light having a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less when the element is driven.

50. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 49, wherein The organic electroluminescent element emits light having a main peak wavelength of 430 nm to 480 nm inclusive when the element is driven.

51. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first light-emitting layer does not contain a metal complex.

52. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first light-emitting layer does not contain a boron-containing complex.

53. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first light-emitting layer does not contain a phosphorescent material.

54. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first light-emitting layer does not contain a heavy metal complex and a phosphorescent rare earth metal complex.

55. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second light-emitting layer does not contain a metal complex.

56. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second light-emitting layer does not contain a boron-containing complex.

57. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second light-emitting layer does not contain a phosphorescent material.

58. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second light-emitting layer does not contain a heavy metal complex and a phosphorescent rare earth metal complex.

59. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first light-emitting layer has a thickness of 3 nm to 15 nm.

60. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second light-emitting layer has a thickness of 5 nm to 20 nm.

61. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein A third light-emitting layer is also included.

62. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 61, wherein The third light-emitting layer comprises a third host material, The first host material, the second host material and the third host material are different from each other, The third light-emitting layer contains at least a compound that emits fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less. The compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first emitting layer, the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second emitting layer, and the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the third emitting layer are the same as or different from each other, The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material and the triplet energy T1(H3) of the third host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1A): T1(H1)>T1(H3) (Formula 1A).

63. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 62, wherein The triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material and the triplet energy T1(H3) of the third host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 1B): T1(H2)>T1(H3) (Formula 1B).

64. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first light-emitting layer is directly in contact with the second light-emitting layer.

65. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 61, wherein The first light-emitting layer is directly in contact with the second light-emitting layer. The second light-emitting layer is directly in contact with the third light-emitting layer.

66. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein It also has a diffusion layer.

67. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 66, wherein The diffusion layer is disposed between the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer.

68. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(DX) of the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first light-emitting layer or the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second light-emitting layer, the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material, and the triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 10): 2.6 eV>T1(DX)>T1(H1)>T1(H2) …(Mathematical formula 10).

69. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(DX) of the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first light-emitting layer or the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second light-emitting layer and the triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material satisfy the relationship of the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 11): 0eV<T1(DX)-T1(H1)<0.6eV ...(Mathematical formula 11).

70. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 12): T1(H1)>2.0eV (Formula 12).

71. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 12A): T1(H1)>2.10eV (Formula 12A).

72. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 12B): T1(H1)>2.15eV (Formula 12B).

73. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material satisfies the following relationship (Formula 12C): 2.08eV>T1(H1)>1.87eV …(Formula 12C).

74. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(H1) of the first host material satisfies the following relationship (Formula 12D): 2.05eV>T1(H1)>1.90eV …(Formula 12D).

75. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(F1) of the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first light-emitting layer satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 14A): 2.60 eV>T1(F1) …(Equation 14A).

76. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(F1) of the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first light-emitting layer satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 14B): 2.50 eV>T1(F1) …(Equation 14B).

77. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(F2) of the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second light-emitting layer satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 14C): 2.60eV>T1(F2) …(Formula 14C).

78. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(F2) of the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second light-emitting layer satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 14D): 2.50eV>T1(F2) …(Equation 14D).

79. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The triplet energy T1(H2) of the second host material satisfies the following mathematical formula (Mathematical Formula 13): T1(H2)≥1.9eV (Formula 13).

80. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first host material has a structure comprising a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring connected by a single bond in the molecule, The benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the connecting structure are each independently further fused with a single ring or a fused ring or are not fused, The benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the linked structure are further linked by cross-linking at at least one portion other than the single bond.

81. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 80, wherein The crosslinks comprise double bonds.

82. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first host material has a biphenyl structure in which a first benzene ring and a second benzene ring are connected by a single bond in the molecule. The first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by cross-linking at at least one portion other than the single bond.

83. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 82, wherein The first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by the crosslink at one portion other than the single bond.

84. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 82, wherein The crosslinks comprise double bonds.

85. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 82, wherein The first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further connected by the crosslinking at two portions other than the single bond. The crosslinks do not contain double bonds.

86. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The first host material is a first compound represented by the following general formula (1), general formula (1X), general formula (12X), general formula (13X), general formula (14X), general formula (15X) or general formula (16X), In the general formula (1), R 101 ~R 110 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (11) is Among them, R 101 ~R 110 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (11), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (11), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (11) are the same as or different from each other. L 101 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 101 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 101 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 101 Same or different from each other, In Ar 101 When there are two or more Ar 101 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (11) indicates the bonding position to the pyrene ring in the general formula (1), In the first compound, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 801 and R 802 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other, In R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (1X), R 101 ~R 112 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (11X) is Among them, R 101 ~R 112 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (11X), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (11X), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (11X) are the same as or different from each other. L 101 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 101 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 101 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 101 Same or different from each other, In Ar 101 When there are two or more Ar 101 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (11X) represents the bonding position to the benz[a]anthracene ring in the general formula (1X), In the general formula (12X), R 1201 ~R 1210 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring 1201 ~R 1210 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (121) is wherein the substituent when the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring has a substituent, the substituent when the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring has a substituent, and R 1201 ~R 1210 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (121), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (121), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (121) are the same as or different from each other. L 1201 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1201 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx2 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 1201 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1201 Same or different from each other, In Ar 1201 When there are two or more Ar 1201 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (121) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the general formula (12X), In the general formula (13X), R 1301 ~R 1310 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (131) is Among them, R 1301 ~R 1310 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (131), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (131), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (131) are the same as or different from each other. L 1301 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1301 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx3 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 1301 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1301 Same or different from each other, In Ar 1301 When there are two or more Ar 1301 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (131) represents the bonding position to the fluoranthene ring in the general formula (13X), In the general formula (14X), R 1401 ~R 1410 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (141) is Among them, R 1401 ~R 1410 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (141), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (141), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (141) are the same as or different from each other. L 1401 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1401 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx4 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 1401 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1401 Same or different from each other, In Ar 1401 When there are two or more Ar 1401 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (141) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the general formula (14X), In the general formula (15X), R 1501 ~R 1514 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (151) is Among them, R 1501 ~R 1514 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (151), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (151), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (151) are the same as or different from each other. L 1501 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1501 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx5 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 1501 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1501 Same or different from each other, In Ar 1501 When there are two or more Ar 1501 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (151) represents the bonding position to the ring represented by the general formula (15X), In the general formula (16X), R 1601 ~R 1614 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or The group represented by the general formula (161) is Among them, R 1601 ~R 1614 At least one of them is a group represented by the general formula (161), When there are multiple groups represented by the general formula (161), the multiple groups represented by the general formula (161) are the same as or different from each other. L 1601 for single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1601 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx6 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, In L 1601 When there are more than 2, more than 2 L 1601 Same or different from each other, In Ar 1601 When there are two or more Ar 1601 Same or different from each other, * in the general formula (161) represents a bonding position to the ring represented by the general formula (16X).

87. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 86, wherein In the first compound, the substituents in each formula when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" are unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or An unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

88. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 86, wherein In the first compound, the substituents in each formula when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" are unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or An unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

89. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 86, wherein In the first compound, all groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups.

90. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The second host material is a second compound represented by the following general formula (2): In the general formula (2), R 201 ~R 208 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, -C(=O)R 801 The groups shown, -COOR 802 The groups shown, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 201 and L 202 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 201 and Ar 202 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the second compound, R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 906 、R 907 、R 801 and R 802 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 906 When there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other, In R 907 When there are multiple R 907 Same or different from each other, In R 801 When there are multiple R 801 Same or different from each other, In R 802 When there are multiple R 802 Same as or different from each other.

91. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 90, wherein In the second compound, the substituents in each formula when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" are unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or An unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

92. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 90, wherein In the second compound, the substituents in each formula when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" are unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or An unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

93. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 90, wherein In the second compound, all groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are "unsubstituted" groups.

94. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first light-emitting layer and the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second light-emitting layer are each independently selected from The compound represented by the following general formula (3), The compound represented by the following general formula (4), The compound represented by the following general formula (5), The compound represented by the following general formula (6), The compound represented by the following general formula (7), The compound represented by the following general formula (8), The compound represented by the following general formula (9) and One or more compounds represented by the following general formula (10), In the general formula (3), R 301 ~R 310 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R 301 ~R 310 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (31), R does not form the monocyclic ring, does not form the condensed ring, and is not a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (31) 301 ~R 310 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (31), Ar 301 and Ar 302 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 301 ~L 303 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, * represents the bonding position in the pyrene ring in the general formula (3), In the general formula (4), Z is each independently CRa or a nitrogen atom, Ring A1 and ring A2 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, When there are multiple Ra, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Ra bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, n21 and n22 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, When there are multiple Rb, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rb bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, When there are multiple Rcs, one or more groups of two or more adjacent Rcs are selected. bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, Ra, Rb and Rc that do not form the monocyclic ring and the condensed ring are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (5), R 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 One or more groups of two or more adjacent bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R that does not form the monocyclic ring and does not form the condensed ring 501 ~R 507 and R 511 ~R 517 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 521 and R 522 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (6), Ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 601 and R 602 Each independently bonds to the a ring, b ring or c ring to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, R that does not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring 601 and R 602 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (7), The r ring is a ring represented by the general formula (72) or (73) fused at any position of the adjacent ring, The q ring and the s ring are each independently a ring represented by the general formula (74) fused at any position of the adjacent rings, The p ring and the t ring are each independently a structure represented by the general formula (75) or (76) fused at any position of the adjacent rings, X7 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NR 702 , In R 701 When there are multiple adjacent R 701 bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R that does not form the monocyclic ring and does not form the condensed ring 701 and R 702 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 701 and Ar 702 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 701 for a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, m1 is 0, 1, or 2, m2 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, m3 are each independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, m4 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, In R 701 When there are multiple R 701 Same or different from each other, When there are multiple X7, the multiple X7 are the same or different from each other. In R 702 When there are multiple R 702 Same or different from each other, In Ar 701 When there are multiple Ar 701 Same or different from each other, In Ar 702 When there are multiple Ar 702 Same or different from each other, In L 701 When there are multiple L 701 Same or different from each other, In the general formula (8), R 801 With R 802 、R 802 With R 803 and R 803 With R 804 At least one group of them is bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (82), R 805 With R 806 、R 806 With R 807 and R 807 With R 808 At least one group of them is bonded to each other to form a divalent group represented by the following general formula (83), R does not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) 801 ~R 804 and R 811 ~R 814 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84), R does not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (83) 805 ~R 808 and R 821 ~R 824 At least one of them is a monovalent group represented by the following general formula (84), X8 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or NR 809 , R does not form a divalent group represented by the general formula (82) and the general formula (83) and is not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) 801 ~R 808 , R is not a monovalent group represented by the general formula (84) 811 ~R 814 and R 821 ~R 824 , and R 809 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (84), Ar 801 and Ar 802 Each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, L 801 ~L 803 Each independently single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a divalent linking group formed by bonding 2 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, * in the general formula (84) represents the bonding position to the ring structure represented by the general formula (8), the group represented by the general formula (82) or the general formula (83), In the general formula (9), A 91 Ring and A 92 The rings are independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Selected from A 91 Ring and A 92 One or more rings in the ring are bonded to * of the structure represented by the following general formula (92), In the general formula (92), A 93 Ring a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, X9 for NR 93 、C(R 94 )(R 95 )、Si(R 96 )(R 97 )、Ge(R 98 )(R 99 ), oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms or selenium atoms, R 91 and R 92 for bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or Not bonded to each other, R that does not form the monocyclic ring and does not form the condensed ring 91 and R 92 , and R 93 ~R 99 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In the general formula (10), The Ax1 ring is a ring represented by the general formula (10a) fused at any position of the adjacent ring, The Ax2 ring is a ring represented by the general formula (10b) fused at any position of the adjacent ring, The two * in the general formula (10b) are bonded to any position of the Ax3 ring, X A and X B Each independently is C(R 1003 )(R 1004 )、Si(R 1005 )(R 1006 ), oxygen atoms or sulfur atoms, Ax3 ring is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms, Ar 1001 for a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, R 1001 ~R 1006 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, -Si(R 901 )(R 902 )(R 903 ) shown in the group, -O-(R 904 ) shown in the group, -S-(R 905 ) shown in the group, -N(R 906 )(R 907 ) shown in the group, Halogen atoms, cyano, Nitro, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, mx1 is 3, mx2 is 2, Multiple R 1001 Same or different from each other, Multiple R 1002 Same or different from each other, ax is 0, 1, or 2, When ax is 0 or 1, the structures in the brackets shown by "3-ax" are the same or different from each other. When ax is 2, multiple Ar 1001 Same or different from each other, In the compounds represented by the general formulas (3) to (10), R 901 、R 902 、R 903 、R 904 、R 905 、R 906 and R 907 Each independently hydrogen atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, In R 901 When there are multiple R 901 Same or different from each other, In R 902 When there are multiple R 902 Same or different from each other, In R 903 When there are multiple R 903 Same or different from each other, In R 904 When there are multiple R 904 Same or different from each other, In R 905 When there are multiple R 905 Same or different from each other, In R 906 When there are multiple R 906 Same or different from each other, In R 907 When there are multiple R 907 Same as or different from each other.

95. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 94, wherein In the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first emitting layer, and the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second emitting layer, the substituent in each formula when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" is unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or An unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

96. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 94, wherein In the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first emitting layer, and the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second emitting layer, the substituent in each formula when expressed as "substituted or unsubstituted" is unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or An unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

97. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 94, wherein In the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the first emitting layer and the compound exhibiting fluorescence with a main peak wavelength of 500 nm or less contained in the second emitting layer, the groups described as "substituted or unsubstituted" are all "unsubstituted" groups.

98. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The compound to be measured for triplet energy T1 was dissolved in EPA with a volume ratio of diethyl ether: isopentane: ethanol = 5:5:2 to give a volume of 10 -5 mol / L and above 10 -4 mol / L or less, and the solution was added to a quartz colorimetric cell as a measurement sample. For the measurement sample, a phosphorus spectrum was measured at 77K. A tangent line was drawn for the short-wavelength side of the phosphorus spectrum, and the wavelength value λ based on the intersection of the tangent line and the horizontal axis was set. edge The energy calculated by the following conversion formula (F1) is the triplet energy T1, wherein the vertical axis of the phosphorescence spectrum is the phosphorescence intensity and the horizontal axis is the wavelength. The wavelength value λ edge The unit of is nm, the unit of T1 is eV, Conversion formula (F1): T1 = 1239.85 / λ edge .

99. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 2, wherein 10 of the compound to be measured for singlet energy was prepared -5 mol / L and above 10 -4 mol / L or less toluene solution is added to a quartz colorimetric cell, and the absorption spectrum of the sample is measured at 300K. A tangent line is drawn on the long-wavelength side of the absorption spectrum, and the wavelength value λedge of the intersection of the tangent line and the horizontal axis is substituted into the conversion formula (F2) shown below to calculate the singlet energy, wherein the vertical axis of the absorption spectrum is the absorption intensity and the horizontal axis is the wavelength. The unit of the wavelength value λedge is nm, and the unit of S1 is eV. Conversion formula (F2): S1 = 1239.85 / λedge.

100. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The main peak wavelength of the compound is the peak wavelength of the luminescence spectrum where the luminescence intensity reaches the maximum, prepared by preparing a 5 μmol / L toluene solution of the compound to be measured and adding it to a quartz colorimetric cell, and measuring the luminescence spectrum of the sample at 300K, wherein the vertical axis of the luminescence spectrum is the luminescence intensity and the horizontal axis is the wavelength.

101. An electronic device comprising the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 100.

Images